e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
or |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission File Number: 001-32407
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
20-1700361 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
700 North Central Avenue, Suite 550
Glendale, California 91203
(818) 500-0225
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrants principal executive
offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class |
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any
amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated
filer o Accelerated
filer o Non-accelerated
filer þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the
Act). Yes o No þ
Based on the closing price of $16.09 of the registrants
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30,
2005 (the last business day of the registrants most
recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market
value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the
registrant on that date was approximately $301,408,003.
As of March 1, 2006, there were 44,625,815 shares of
the Registrants common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
ANNUAL REPORT ON
FORM 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
Table of Contents
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY 2005 ANNUAL REPORT
In this report, American Reprographics Company,
ARC, the company, we,
us, and our refer to American
Reprographics Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless
the context otherwise dictates.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have included in this report, and from time to time may make
in our public filings, press releases or other public
announcements, statements that may constitute
forward-looking statements, as defined by federal
securities laws, with respect to our financial condition,
results of operations and business, and our expectations or
beliefs concerning future events. Words such as, but not limited
to, believe, expect,
anticipate, estimate,
intend, plan, targets,
likely, will, would,
could, and similar expressions or phrases identify
forward-looking statements. In addition, our management may make
forward-looking statements to analysts, investors,
representatives of the media and others.
All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of
the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of
which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results
may differ materially from expected results.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected
results include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and a downturn in the architectural,
engineering and construction industry; |
|
|
|
competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors; |
|
|
|
our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our
industry; |
|
|
|
uncertainty regarding our product and service innovations; |
|
|
|
the inability to charge for our value-added services to offset
potential declines in print volumes; |
|
|
|
adverse developments affecting the State of California,
including general and local economic conditions, macroeconomic
trends, and natural disasters; |
|
|
|
our inability to successfully identify potential acquisitions,
manage our acquisitions or open new branches; |
|
|
|
our inability to successfully monitor and manage the business
operations of our subsidiaries and uncertainty regarding the
effectiveness of financial and management policies and
procedures we established to improve accounting controls; |
|
|
|
adverse developments concerning our relationships with certain
key vendors; |
|
|
|
our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property
and litigation regarding intellectual property; |
|
|
|
acts of terrorism, violence, war, natural disaster or other
circumstances that cause damage or disruption to us, our
facilities, our technology centers, our vendors or our customers; |
|
|
|
the loss of key personnel or qualified technical staff; |
|
|
|
the potential writedown of goodwill or other intangible assets
we have recorded in connection with our acquisitions; |
|
|
|
the availability of cash to operate and expand our business as
planned and to service our debt; |
|
|
|
failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls
necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent
fraud; and |
|
|
|
potential environmental liabilities. |
1
All future written and verbal forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements contained or referred to in this section. We
undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any
obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. You should, however, consult further
disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Reports
on Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q, and
Current Reports on
Form 8-K, and any
amendments thereto.
See the section entitled Risk Factors in
Item 1A of this report for a more complete discussion of
these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and
uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors
described in this report are not necessarily all of the
important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking
statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could
harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that
the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be
realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have
the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these
uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
such forward-looking statements.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, and trade
names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our
business, including the names American Reprographics
CompanySM,
ARCSM,
Abacus
PCRtm,
BidCasterSM,
EWOSM,
MetaPrinttm,
OneViewSM,
PEiRGroupSM,
PlanWell®,
PlanWell
PDStm,
PlanWell
EnterpriseSM,
Sub-HubSM,
and various design marks associated therewith. This report also
includes trademarks, service marks and trade names of other
companies.
2
PART I
Our Company
We are the leading reprographics company in the United States
providing
business-to-business
document management services to the architectural, engineering
and construction industry, or AEC industry. We also provide
these services to companies in non-AEC industries, such as
technology, financial services, retail, entertainment, and food
and hospitality, that also require sophisticated document
management services. Reprographics services typically encompass
the digital management and reproduction of construction
documents or other graphics-related material and the
corresponding finishing and distribution services. The
business-to-business
services we provide to our customers include document
management, document distribution and logistics,
print-on-demand and a
combination of these services in our customers offices as
on-site services. We
provide our core services through our suite of reprographics
technology products, a national network of approximately 200
locally branded reprographics service centers, and approximately
2,300 facilities management programs at our customers
locations throughout the country. We also sell reprographics
equipment and supplies to complement our full range of service
offerings. In further support of our core services, we license
our suite of reprographics technology products, including our
flagship internet-based application, PlanWell, to independent
reprographers. We also operate PEiR (Profit and Education in
Reprographics) through which we charge membership fees and
provide purchasing, technology and educational benefits to other
reprographers, while promoting our reprographics technology as
the industry standard. Our services are critical to our
customers because they shorten their document processing and
distribution time, improve the quality of their document
information management, and provide a secure, controlled
document management environment.
We operate 215 reprographics service centers, including 212
service centers in 159 cities in 31 states throughout
the United States and the District of Columbia, 2 reprographics
service centers in the metropolitan area of Toronto, Canada, and
1 in Mexico City, Mexico. Our reprographics service centers are
located in close proximity to the majority of our customers and
offer pickup and delivery services within a 15 to 30 mile
radius. These service centers are arranged in a hub and
satellite structure and are digitally connected as a cohesive
network, allowing us to provide our services both locally and
nationally. We service approximately 73,000 active customers and
employ approximately 3,800 people, including a sales and
customer service staff of approximately 775 employees.
In terms of revenue, number of service facilities and number of
customers, we believe we are the largest company in our
industry, operating in approximately 8 times as many cities and
with more than six times the number of service facilities as our
next largest competitor. We believe that our national footprint,
our suite of reprographics technology products, and our
value-added services, including logistics and facilities
management, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.
While we began our operations in California and currently derive
approximately half of our net sales from our operations in the
state, we have continued to expand our geographic coverage and
market share by entering complementary markets through strategic
acquisitions of high quality companies with well recognized
local brand names and, in most cases, more than 25 years of
operating history. Since 1997, we have acquired
100 companies and have retained approximately 90% of the
management of the acquired companies. As part of our growth
strategy, we recently began opening and operating branch service
centers, which we view as a low cost, rapid form of market
expansion. Our branch openings require modest capital
expenditures and are expected to generate operating profit
within 12 months from opening. We have opened 19 new
branches in key markets since December 31, 2004 and expect
to open an additional 15 branches by the end of 2006.
Our main office is located at 700 North Central Avenue,
Suite 550, Glendale, California 91203, and our telephone
number is (818) 500-0225.
3
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy any
document we file with the SEC at the SECs public reference
room at 100 F Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330
for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains
an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy and information statements and other information
that issuers file electronically with the SEC. The SECs
internet site is www.sec.gov.
Our internet address is www.e-arc.com. You can access our
Investor Relations webpage through our internet site,
www.e-arc.com, by clicking on the Investor
Relations link at the top of the page. We make available
free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage,
our proxy statements, annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q, current
reports on
Form 8-K and any
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange
Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after such
material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage,
statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities
filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater stockholders
and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The
reference to our website address does not constitute
incorporation by reference of the information contained in the
website and should not be considered part of this document. You
can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no
cost, by contacting Investor Relations at 925-945-5100 or
1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385, Walnut Creek,
California 94596. Attention: David Stickney, Vice President of
Corporate Communications.
Corporate Background and Reorganization
Our predecessor, Ford Graphics, was founded in Los Angeles,
California in 1960. In 1967, this sole proprietorship was
dissolved and a new corporate structure was established under
the name Micro Device, Inc., which continued to provide
reprographics services under the name Ford Graphics. In 1989,
our current senior management team purchased Micro Device, Inc.,
and in November 1997 our company was recapitalized as a
California limited liability company, with management retaining
a 50% ownership position and the remainder owned by outside
investors. In April 2000, Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC,
or CHS, through its affiliates acquired a 50% stake in our
company from these outside investors in the 2000
recapitalization (referred to as the 2000
recapitalization).
In February 2005, we reorganized from American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C., a California limited liability company, or
Holdings, to a Delaware corporation, American Reprographics
Company. In the reorganization, the members of Holdings
exchanged their common units and options to purchase common
units for shares of our common stock and options to purchase
shares of our common stock. As part of our reorganization, all
outstanding warrants to purchase common units of Holdings were
exchanged for shares of our common stock. We conduct our
operations through our wholly-owned operating subsidiary,
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited
liability company, or Opco, and its subsidiaries.
Acquisitions
In addition to our primary focus on the organic growth of our
business, we have pursued tactical acquisitions to expand and
complement our existing service offerings and to expand our
geographic locations where we believe we could be a market
leader. In 2000, we acquired 14 reprographics companies for an
aggregate purchase price of $111.6 million, including our
acquisition of Ridgways, Inc., which enabled us to expand our
geographic reach and market penetration in 14 major metropolitan
markets. In 2001, we acquired 14 reprographics companies for an
aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million. In 2002, we
acquired eight reprographics companies for an aggregate purchase
price of $34.4 million, including certain assets of the
Consolidated Reprographics division of Lason Systems, Inc.,
which allowed us to increase our market penetration in Southern
California. In 2003 and 2004, we acquired 4 and 6 reprographics
companies for an aggregate purchase price of $.8 million
and $3.7 million, respectively. In 2005, we acquired 14
reprographics
4
companies for an aggregate purchase price of $32.1 million.
All aggregate purchase price figures include acquisition related
costs. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements
for further details concerning our acquisitions.
Subsequent to December 31, 2005, we completed the
acquisition of 2 reprographics companies in the United States
with combined annual sales of approximately $19.9 million
in 2005 for a total purchase price of $11 million.
Industry Overview
According to the International Reprographics Association, or
IRgA, and other industry sources, the reprographics industry in
the United States is estimated to be approximately
$5 billion in size. The IRgA indicates that the
reprographics industry is highly fragmented, consisting of
approximately 3,000 firms with average annual sales of
approximately $1.5 million and 20 to 25 employees. Since
construction documents are the primary medium of communication
for the AEC industry, demand for reprographics services in the
AEC market is closely tied to the level of activity in the
construction industry, which in turn is driven by macroeconomic
trends such as GDP growth, interest rates, job creation, office
vacancy rates, and tax revenues. According to FMI Corporation,
or FMI, a consulting firm to the construction industry,
construction industry spending in the United States for 2005 was
estimated at $1.0 trillion, with expenditures divided between
residential construction 55% and commercial and public, or
non-residential, construction 45%. The $5 billion
reprographics industry is approximately 0.5% of the $1.0
trillion construction industry in the United States. Our
AEC revenues are most closely correlated to the non-residential
sectors of the construction industry, which sectors are the
largest users of the reprographics services. According to FMI,
the non-residential sectors of the construction industry are
projected to grow at an average of 5.4% per year over the
next three years.
Market opportunities for
business-to-business
document management services such as ours are rapidly expanding
into non-AEC industries. For example, non-AEC customers are
increasingly using large and small format color imaging for
point-of-purchase
displays, digital publishing, presentation materials,
educational materials and marketing materials as these services
have become more efficient and available on a short-run,
on-demand basis through digital technology. As a result, we
believe that our addressable market is substantially larger than
the core AEC reprographics market. We believe that the growth of
non-AEC industries is generally tied to growth in the
U.S. gross domestic product, or GDP, which is projected to
have grown 3.5% in 2005 and is projected to remain at that
growth rate in 2006 according to Wall Streets consensus
estimates.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Leading Market Position in Fragmented Industry. Our size
and national footprint provide us with significant purchasing
power, economies of scale, the ability to invest in
industry-leading technologies, and the resources to service
large, national customers. |
|
|
|
Leader in Technology and Innovation. We believe our
PlanWell online planrooms are well positioned to become the
industry standard for managing and procuring reprographics
services within the AEC industry. In addition, we have developed
other proprietary software applications that complement PlanWell
and have enabled us to improve the efficiency of our services,
add complementary services and increase our revenue. |
|
|
|
Extensive National Footprint with Regional Expertise. Our
national network of service centers maintains local customer
relationships while benefiting from the centralized corporate
functions and national scale. Our service facilities are
organized as hub and satellite structures within individual
markets, allowing us to balance production capacity and minimize
capital expenditures through technology-sharing among our
service centers within each market. In addition, we serve our
national |
5
|
|
|
|
|
and regional customers under a single contract through our
Premier Accounts business unit, while offering centralized
access to project specific services, billing, and tracking
information. |
|
|
|
Flexible Operating Model. By promoting regional decision
making for marketing, pricing, and selling practices, we remain
responsive to our customers while benefiting from the cost
structure advantages of our centralized administrative
functions. Our flexible operating model also allows us to
capitalize on an improving business environment. |
|
|
|
Consistent, Strong Cash Flow. Through management of our
inventory and receivables and our low capital expenditure
requirements, we have consistently generated strong cash flow
from operations after capital expenditures regardless of
industry and economic conditions. |
|
|
|
Low Cost Operator. We believe we are one of the lowest
cost operators in the reprographics industry, which we have
accomplished by minimizing branch level expenses and
capitalizing on our significant scale for purchasing
efficiencies. |
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team and Highly Trained Workforce.
Our senior management team has an average of over 20 years
of industry experience. We have also successfully retained
approximately 90% of the managers of the 100 businesses we have
acquired since 1997. |
Our Services
Reprographics services typically encompass the digital
management and reproduction of graphics-related material and
corresponding finishing and distribution services. We provide
these
business-to-business
services to our customers in three major categories: document
management, document distribution and logistics, and
print-on-demand.
Document Management. We store, organize, print and track
AEC and non-AEC project documents using a variety of digital
tools and industry expertise. The documents we manage are
typically larger than 11×17, requiring specialized
production equipment, and the documents are iterative in nature;
frequently 10 or more versions of a single document must be
tracked and managed throughout the course of a project.
Document Distribution and Logistics. We provide
fully-integrated document distribution and logistics, which
consist of tracking document users, packaging prints, addressing
and coordinating services for shipment (either in hard copy or
electronic form), as well as local
pick-up and delivery of
documents to multiple locations within tight time constraints.
Print-on-demand.
We produce small and large-format documents in black and white
or color using digital scanning and printing devices. We can
reproduce documents when and where they are needed by balancing
production capacity between the high-volume equipment in our
network of reprographic service centers, as well as equipment
placed on site in our customers facilities.
On-site services. Frequently referred to as facilities
management, or FMs, this service includes any combination of the
above services supplied
on-site at our
customers locations.
These broad categories of services are provided to our
architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry, customers, as well as to our customers in non-AEC
industries that have similar document management and production
requirements. Our AEC customers work primarily with high volumes
of large format construction plans and small format
specification documents that are technical, complex, constantly
changing and frequently confidential. Our non-AEC customers
generally require services that apply to black and white and
color small format documents, promotional documents of all
sizes, and the digital distribution of document files to
multiple locations for a variety of
print-on-demand needs
including short-run digital publishing.
These services include:
|
|
|
|
|
PlanWell, our proprietary, internet-based planroom launched in
June 2000, and our suite of other reprographics software
products that enable the online purchase and fulfillment of
document management services. |
6
|
|
|
|
|
Production services, including
print-on-demand,
document assembly, document finishing, mounting, laminating,
binding, and kitting. Documents can be digitally transferred
from one service facility to another to balance production
capacity or take advantage of a distribute and print
operating system. |
|
|
|
Document distribution and logistics, including the physical pick
up, delivery, and shipping of time-sensitive, critical documents. |
|
|
|
Highly customized large and small format reprographics in color
and black and white. This includes digital reproduction of
posters, tradeshow displays, plans, banners, signage and maps. |
|
|
|
Facilities management, including recurring
on-site document
management services and staffing at our customers
locations. |
|
|
|
Sales of reprographics equipment and supplies and licensing of
software to other reprographics companies and end-users in the
AEC industry. |
|
|
|
The design and development of other document management and
reprographics software, in addition to PlanWell, that supports
ordering, tracking, job costing, and other customer specific
accounting information for a variety of projects and services.
These proprietary applications include: |
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Work Order (EWO), which offers our customers
access to the services of all of our service centers through the
internet. |
|
|
|
Abacus Print Cost Recovery (PCR) System, which
provides a suite of software modules for reprographers and their
customers to track documents produced from equipment installed
as a part of a facilities management program. |
|
|
|
BidCaster
Invitation-to-Bid
(ITB), a data management internet application that issues
customizable invitations to bid from a
customers desktop using email and a hosted fax server. |
|
|
|
MetaPrint Print Automation and Device Manager, a
universal print driver that facilitates the printing of
documents with output devices manufactured by multiple vendors,
and allows the reprographer to print multiple documents in
various formats as a single print submission. |
|
|
|
OneView Document Access and Customer Administration
System, an internet-based application that leverages the
security attributes of PlanWell to provide a single point of
access to all of a customers project documents, regardless
of which of our local production facilities stores the relevant
documents. |
To further support and promote our major categories of services,
we also:
|
|
|
|
|
License our suite of reprographics technology products,
including our flagship online planroom, PlanWell, to independent
reprographers. |
|
|
|
Operate PEiR (Profit and Education in Reprographics), a trade
organization wholly owned by us, through which we charge
membership fees and provide purchasing, technology and
educational benefits to other reprographers. PEiR members are
required to license PlanWell and may purchase equipment and
supplies at a lower cost than they could obtain independently.
We also distribute our educational programs to PEiR members to
help establish and promote best practices within the
reprographics industry. |
Customers
Our business is not dependent on any single customer or few
customers, the loss of any one or more of whom would have a
material adverse effect on our business. Our customers are both
local and national companies, with no single customer accounting
for more than 2% of our net sales in 2005.
7
Operations
Geographic Presence. We operate 215 reprographics service
centers, including 212 service centers in 159 cities in
31 states throughout the United States and the District of
Columbia, two service centers in the Toronto metropolitan area,
and one in Mexico City, Mexico. Our reprographics service
centers are located in close proximity to the majority of our
customers and offer pickup and delivery services within a 15 to
30 mile radius.
Hub and Satellite Configuration. We organize our business
into operating divisions that typically consist of a cluster
configuration of at least one large service facility, or hub
facility, and several smaller facilities, or satellite
facilities, that are digitally connected as a cohesive network,
allowing us to provide all of our services both locally and
nationwide. Our hub and satellite configuration enables us to
shorten our customers document processing and distribution
time, as well as achieve higher utilization of output devices by
coordinating the distribution of work orders digitally among our
service centers.
|
|
|
|
|
Central Hub Facilities. In each of our major markets, we
operate one or more large scale full service facilities that
have high production capacity and sophisticated equipment. These
larger facilities offer specialized services such as laser
digital imaging on photographic material, large format color
printing, and finishing services that may not be economically
viable for smaller facilities to provide. Our central hub
facilities also coordinate our facilities management programs. |
|
|
|
Satellite Facilities. To supplement the capabilities of
our central hub facilities, we operate satellite facilities that
are typically located closer to our customers than the central
hubs. Our satellite facilities have quick turnaround
capabilities, responsive, localized service, and handle the
majority of digital processes. |
|
|
|
Management Systems and Controls. We operate our business
under a dual operating structure of centralized administrative
functions and regional decision making. Acquired companies
typically retain their local business identities, managers,
sales force, and marketing efforts in order to maintain strong
local relationships. Our local management maintains autonomy
over the day-to-day
operations of their business units, including profitability,
customer billing, receivables collection, and service mix
decisions. |
Although we operate on a decentralized basis, our senior
management closely monitors and reviews each of our divisions
through daily reports that contain operating and financial
information such as sales, inventory levels, purchasing
commitments, collections, and receivables. In addition, our
operating divisions submit monthly reports to senior management
that track each divisions financial and operating
performance in comparison to monthly budgets.
Suppliers and Vendors
We purchase raw materials, consisting primarily of paper, toner,
and other consumables, and purchase or lease reprographics
equipment. Our reprographics equipment, which includes imaging
and printing equipment, is typically leased for use in our
service facilities and facilities management sites. We use a
two-tiered approach to purchasing in order to maximize the
economies associated with our size, while maintaining the local
efficiencies and time sensitivity required to meet customer
demands. We continually monitor market conditions and product
developments, as well as regularly review the contractual terms
of our national purchasing agreements, to take advantage of our
buying power and to maximize the benefits associated with these
agreements.
Our primary vendors of equipment, maintenance services and
reprographics supplies include Oce N.V., Xerox Corporation,
Canon Inc., and Xpedx, a division of International Paper
Company. We have long standing relationships with all of our
suppliers and we believe we receive favorable prices as compared
to our competition due to the large quantities we purchase and
strong relationships with our vendors. We have entered into
annual supply contracts with certain vendors to guarantee
prices. Significant market fluctuations in our raw material
costs have historically been limited to paper prices and we have
typically maintained strong gross margins as the result of our
ability to pass increased material costs through to our
customers.
8
Sales and Marketing
Divisional Sales Force. We market our products and
services throughout the United States through localized sales
forces and marketing efforts at the divisional level. We had
approximately 775 sales and customer service representatives as
of December 31, 2005. Each sales force generally consists
of a sales manager and a staff of sales and customer service
representatives that target various customer segments. Depending
on the size of the operating division, a sales team may be as
small as two people or as large as 39. Sales teams serve both
the central hub service facility and satellite facilities, or if
market demographics require, operate on behalf of a single
service facility.
Premier Accounts. To further enhance our market share and
service portfolio on a national level, we operate a
Premier Accounts business unit. Designed to meet the
requirements of large regional and national businesses, we
established this operating division to take advantage of growing
globalization within the AEC market, and to establish ourselves
at the corporate level as the leading national reprographer with
extensive geographic and service capabilities. The Premier
Accounts sales initiative allows us to attract large AEC
and non-AEC companies with document management, distribution and
logistics, and
print-on-demand needs
that span wide geographical or organizational boundaries. Since
its launch in the middle of 2003, we have established nine
national customers through Premier Accounts.
PEiR Group. We established the PEiR Group (Profit and
Education in Reprographics) in July 2003, a separate operating
division of our company that is a membership-based organization
for the reprographics industry. Comprised of independent
reprographers and reprographics vendors. PEiR members are
required to license our PlanWell online planroom application,
facilitating the promotion of our technology as the industry
standard. We also provide general purchasing discounts to PEiR
members through our preferred vendors. This provides other
reprographics companies the opportunity to purchase equipment
and supplies at a lower cost than they could obtain
independently, while increasing our influence and purchasing
power with our vendors. Through PEiR, we also present
educational programs to members to establish and promote best
practices within the industry.
Competition
According to the IRgA, most firms in the U.S. reprographics
services industry are small, privately held entrepreneurial
businesses. The larger reprographers in the United States,
besides ourselves, include Service Point USA, a subsidiary of
Service Point Solutions, S.A., Thomas Reprographics, Inc., ABC
Imaging, LLC, and National Reprographics Inc. While we have no
nationwide competitors, we do compete at the local level with a
number of privately held reprographics companies, commercial
printers, digital imaging firms, and to a limited degree, retail
copy shops. Competition is primarily based on customer service,
technological leadership, product performance and price. See
Item 1A Risk Factors
Competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors
may hinder our ability to execute our business strategy and
maintain our profitability.
Research and Development
We believe that to compete effectively we must continue to
invest in research and development of our services. Our research
and development efforts are focused on improving and enhancing
PlanWell as well as developing new proprietary services. As of
December 31, 2005, we employed 53 engineers and technical
specialists with expertise in software, internet-based
applications, database management, internet security and quality
assurance. Cash outlays for research and development which
include both capitalized and expensed items amounted to
$2.8 million in 2003, $2.5 million in 2004, and
$2.9 million in 2005.
Proprietary Rights
Our success depends on our proprietary information and
technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws, license agreements, nondisclosure and
noncompete agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts,
and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in
our proprietary technology. Our PlanWell license agreements
grant our customers a nonexclusive, nontransferable,
9
limited license to use our products and receive our services and
contain terms and conditions prohibiting the unauthorized
reproduction or transfer of our services. We retain all title
and rights of ownership in our software products. In addition,
we enter into agreements with some of our employees, third-party
consultants and contractors that prohibit the disclosure or use
of our confidential information and require the assignment to us
of any new ideas, developments, discoveries or inventions
related to our business. We also require other third parties to
enter into nondisclosure agreements that limit use of, access
to, and distribution of our proprietary information. We also
rely on a variety of technologies that are licensed from third
parties to perform key functions.
We have registered PlanWell as a trademark with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office, in Canada, Australia
and the European Union. Additionally, we have registered the
trademark PlanWell PDS with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office, Australia and the European Union and have
applied for registration in Canada. We do not have any other
trademarks, service marks or patents that are material to our
business.
For a discussion of the risks associated with our proprietary
rights, see Item 1A Risk
Factors Our failure to adequately protect the
proprietary aspects of our technology, including PlanWell, may
cause us to lose market share and Item 1A
Risk Factors We may be subject to intellectual
property rights claims, which are costly to defend, could
require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use
certain technologies in the future.
Information Technology
We operate two technology centers in Silicon Valley to support
our reprographics services and a software programming facility
in Calcutta, India. Our technology centers also serve as design
and development facilities for our software applications, and
house our nationwide database administration team and networking
engineers.
From these technology centers, our technical staff is able to
remotely manage, control and troubleshoot the primary databases
and connectivity of each of our operating divisions. This allows
us to avoid the costs and expenses of employing costly database
administrators and network engineers in each of our service
facilities.
All of our reprographics service centers are connected via a
high performance, dedicated wide area network (WAN), with
additional capacity and connectivity through a virtual private
network (VPN) to handle customer data transmissions and
e-commerce
transactions. Our technology centers use both commonly available
software and custom applications running in a clustered
computing environment and employ industry leading technologies
for redundancy, backup and security.
Employees
As of December 31, 2005, we had more than 3,800 employees.
Approximately 20 of our employees are covered by two collective
bargaining agreements. The collective bargaining agreement with
our subsidiary, Ridgways Ltd., expires on
November 30, 2007 and the agreement with our subsidiary,
B.P. Independent Reprographics, Inc., expires on
December 4, 2006, but will continue thereafter from year to
year unless either party terminates the agreement. We have not
experienced a work stoppage during the past five years and
believe that our relationships with our employees and collective
bargaining units are good.
The following risk factors could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition and/or the per share trading
price of our common stock. We may encounter risks in addition to
those described below. Additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may
also impair or adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
10
|
|
|
Future downturns in the architectural, engineering and
construction industry, or AEC industry, could diminish demand
for our products and services, which would impair our future
revenue and profitability. |
We believe that AEC markets accounted for approximately 80% of
our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our
historical operating results reflect the cyclical and variable
nature of the AEC industry. This industry historically
experiences alternating periods of inadequate supplies of
housing, commercial and industrial space coupled with low
vacancies, causing a surge in construction activity and
increased demand for reprographics services, followed by periods
of oversupply and high vacancies and declining demand for
reprographics services. In addition, existing and future
government policies and programs may greatly influence the level
of construction spending in the public sector, such as highways,
schools, hospitals, sewers, and heavy construction. Since we
derive a majority of our revenues from reprographics products
and services provided to the AEC industry, our operating results
are more sensitive to the nature of this industry than other
companies who serve more diversified markets. Our experience has
shown that the AEC industry generally experiences economic
downturns several months after a downturn in the general
economy. We expect that there may be a similar delay in the
rebound of the AEC industry following a rebound in the general
economy. Future economic and industry downturns may be
characterized by diminished demand for our products and services
and, therefore, any continued weakness in our customers
markets and overall global economic conditions could adversely
affect our future revenue and profitability.
In addition, because approximately 60% of our overall costs are
fixed, changes in economic activity, positive or negative,
affect our results of operations. As a result, our results of
operations are subject to volatility and could deteriorate
rapidly in an environment of declining revenues. Failure to
maintain adequate cash reserves and effectively manage our costs
could adversely affect our ability to offset our fixed costs and
may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition.
|
|
|
Competition in our industry and innovation by our
competitors may hinder our ability to execute our business
strategy and maintain our profitability. |
The markets for our products and services are highly
competitive, with competition primarily at a local and regional
level. We compete primarily based on customer service,
technological leadership, product performance and price. Our
future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to
improve our service offerings, and develop and integrate
technological advances. If we are unable to integrate
technological advances into our service offerings to
successfully meet the evolving needs of our customers in a
timely manner, our operating results may be adversely affected.
Technological innovation by our existing or future competitors
could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In particular, our
business could be adversely affected if any of our competitors
develop or acquire superior technology that competes directly
with or offers greater functionality than our technology,
including PlanWell.
We also face the possibility that competition will continue to
increase, particularly if copy and printing or business services
companies choose to expand into the reprographics services
industry. Many of these companies are substantially larger and
have significantly greater financial resources than us, which
could place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we
could encounter competition in the future from large, well
capitalized companies such as equipment dealers, system
integrators, and other reprographics associations, that can
produce their own technology and leverage their existing
distribution channels. We could also encounter competition from
non-traditional reprographics service providers that offer
reprographics services as a component of the other services they
provide to the AEC industry, such as vendors to our industry
that provide services directly to our customers, bypassing
reprographers. Any such future competition could adversely
affect our business and impair our future revenue and
profitability.
|
|
|
The reprographics industry has undergone vast changes in
the last six years and will continue to evolve, and our failure
to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our industry could
harm our competitive position. |
Since 2000, the reprographics industry has undergone vast
changes. The industrys main production technology has
migrated from analog to digital. This has prompted a number of
trends in the reprographics
11
industry, including a rapid shift toward decentralized
production and lower labor utilization. As digital output
devices become smaller, less expensive, easier to use and
interconnected, end users of construction drawings are placing
these devices within their offices and other locations. On-site
reprographics equipment allows a customer to print documents and
review hard copies without the delays or interruptions
associated with sending documents out for duplication. Also, as
a direct result of advancements in digital technology, labor
demands have decreased. Instead of producing one print at a
time, reprographers now have the capability to produce multiple
sets of documents with a single production employee. By linking
output devices through a single print server, a production
employee simply directs output to the device that is best suited
for the job. As a result of these trends, reprographers have had
to modify their operations to decentralize printing and shift
costs from labor to technology.
Looking forward, we expect the reprographics industry to
continue to evolve. Our industry will continue to embrace
digital technology, not only in terms of production services,
but also in terms of network technology, digital document
storage and management, and information distribution, all of
which will require investment in, and continued development of,
technological innovation. If we fail to keep pace with current
changes or fail to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our
industry, our competitive position could be harmed.
|
|
|
If we fail to continue to develop and introduce new
services successfully, our competitive positioning and our
ability to grow our business could be harmed. |
In order to remain competitive, we must continually invest in
new technologies that will enable us to meet the evolving
demands of our customers. We cannot assure you that we will be
successful in the introduction and marketing of any new
services, or that we will develop and introduce in a timely
manner innovative services that satisfy customer needs or
achieve market acceptance. Our failure to develop new services
and introduce them successfully could harm our competitive
position and our ability to grow our business, and our revenues
and operating results could suffer.
In addition, as reprographics technologies continue to be
developed, one or more of our current service offerings may
become obsolete. In particular, digital technologies may
significantly reduce the need for high volume printing. Digital
technology may also make traditional reprographics equipment
smaller and cheaper, which may cause larger AEC customers to
discontinue outsourcing their reprographics needs. Any such
developments could adversely affect our business and impair
future revenue and profitability.
|
|
|
If we are unable to charge for our value-added services to
offset potential declines in print volumes, our long term
revenue could decline. |
Our customers value the ability to view and order prints via the
internet and print to output devices in their own offices and
other locations throughout the country. In 2005, our
reprographics services represented approximately 74.7% and our
facilities management services represented approximately 16.8%
of our total net sales. Both categories of revenue are generally
derived via a charge per square foot of printed material. Future
technological advances may further facilitate and improve our
customers ability to print in their own offices or at a
job site. As technology continues to improve, this trend toward
consuming information on an as needed basis could
result in decreasing printing volumes and declining revenues in
the longer term. Failure to offset these potential declines in
printing volumes by changing how we charge for our services and
developing additional revenue sources could significantly affect
our business and reduce our long term revenue, resulting in an
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition.
|
|
|
We derive a significant percentage of net sales from
within the State of California and our business could be
disproportionately harmed by an economic downturn or natural
disaster affecting California. |
We derived approximately half of our net sales in 2005 from our
operations in California. As a result, we are dependent to a
large extent upon the AEC industry in California and,
accordingly, are sensitive to economic factors affecting
California, including general and local economic conditions,
macroeconomic
12
trends, and natural disasters. Any adverse developments
affecting California could have a disproportionately negative
effect on our revenue, operating results and cash flows.
|
|
|
Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to
successfully identify and manage our acquisitions and branch
openings. Failure to do so could impede our future growth and
adversely affect our competitive position. |
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to prudently pursue
strategic acquisitions within the reprographics industry. Since
1997, we have acquired 100 businesses, most of which were long
established in the communities in which they conduct their
business. Our efforts to execute our acquisition strategy may be
affected by our ability to continue to identify, negotiate,
integrate, and close acquisitions. In addition, any governmental
review or investigation of our proposed acquisitions, such as by
the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, may impede, limit or
prevent us from proceeding with an acquisition. We regularly
evaluate potential acquisitions, although we currently have no
agreements or active negotiations with respect to any material
acquisitions.
Acquisitions involve a number of special risks. There may be
difficulties integrating acquired personnel and distinct
business cultures. Additional financing may be necessary and, if
used, would increase our leverage, dilute our equity, or both.
Acquisitions may divert managements time and our resources
from existing operations. It is possible that there could be a
negative effect on our financial statements from the impairment
related to goodwill and other intangibles. We may experience the
loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies. In
addition, risks may include high transaction costs and expenses
of integrating acquired companies, as well as exposure to
unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies and failure of the
acquired business to achieve expected results. These risks could
hinder our future growth and adversely affect our competitive
position and operating results.
We expand our geographic coverage by opening additional
satellite branches in regions near our established operations to
capture new customers and greater market share. Since
December 31, 2004, we have opened 19 new branches in areas
that expand or further penetrate our existing markets, and we
expect to open an additional 15 branches by the end of 2006.
Although the capital investment for a new branch is modest, our
growth strategy with respect to branch openings is in the early
stages of implementation and the branches we open in the future
may not ultimately produce returns that justify our investment.
|
|
|
If we are unable to successfully monitor and manage the
business operations of our subsidiaries, our business and
profitability could suffer. |
We operate our company under a dual operating structure of
centralized administrative functions and regional decision
making on marketing, pricing, and selling practices. Since 1997,
we have acquired 100 businesses and, in most cases, have
delegated the responsibility for marketing, pricing, and selling
practices with the local and operational managers of these
businesses. If we do not successfully manage our subsidiaries
under this decentralized operating structure, we risk having
disparate results, lost market opportunities, lack of economic
synergies, and a loss of vision and planning, all of which could
harm our business and profitability.
|
|
|
We depend on certain key vendors for reprographics
equipment, maintenance services and supplies, making us
vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations. |
We purchase reprographics equipment and maintenance services, as
well as paper, toner and other supplies, from a limited number
of vendors. Our four largest vendors in 2005, are Oce N.V.,
Xerox Corporation, Canon Inc., and Xpedx, a division of
International Paper Company. Adverse developments concerning key
vendors or our relationships with them could force us to seek
alternate sources for our reprographics equipment, maintenance
services and supplies or to purchase such items on unfavorable
terms. An alternative source of supply of reprographics
equipment, maintenance services and supplies may not be readily
available. A delay in procuring reprographics equipment,
maintenance services or supplies, or an
13
increase in the cost to purchase such reprographics equipment,
maintenance services or supplies could limit our ability to
provide services to our customers on a timely and cost-effective
basis.
|
|
|
Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects
of our technology, including PlanWell, may cause us to lose
market share. |
Our success depends on our ability to protect and preserve the
proprietary aspects of our technologies, including PlanWell. We
rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret
protection, confidentiality agreements, license agreements,
non-compete agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts,
and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in
our proprietary technologies. Under our PlanWell license
agreements, we grant other reprographers a non-exclusive,
non-transferable, limited license to use our technology and
receive our services. Our license agreements contain terms and
conditions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction or transfer
of our products. These protections, however, may not be adequate
to remedy harm we suffer due to misappropriation of our
proprietary rights by third parties. In addition, U.S. law
provides only limited protection of proprietary rights and the
laws of some foreign countries may offer less protection than
the laws of the United States. Unauthorized third parties may
copy aspects of our products, reverse engineer our products or
otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as
proprietary. Others may develop non-infringing technologies that
are similar or superior to ours. If competitors are able to
develop such technology and we cannot successfully enforce our
rights against them, they may be able to market and sell or
license the marketing and sale of products that compete with
ours, and this competition could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition. Furthermore, intellectual
property litigation can be expensive, a burden on
managements time and our companys resources, and its
results can be uncertain.
|
|
|
Damage or disruption to our facilities, our technology
centers, our vendors or a majority of our customers could impair
our ability to effectively provide our services and may have a
significant impact on our revenues, expenses and financial
condition. |
We currently store most of our customer data at our two
technology centers located in Silicon Valley near known
earthquake fault zones. Damage or destruction of one or both of
these technology centers or a disruption of our data storage
processes resulting from sustained process abnormalities, human
error, acts of terrorism, violence, war or a natural disaster,
such as fire, earthquake or flood, could have a material adverse
effect on the markets in which we operate, our business
operations, our expectations and other forward-looking
statements contained in this report. In addition, such damage or
destruction on a national scale resulting in a general economic
downturn could adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition. We store and maintain critical customer
data on computer servers at our technology centers that our
customers access remotely through the internet and/or directly
through telecommunications lines. If our
back-up power
generators fail during any power outage, if our
telecommunications lines are severed or those lines on the
internet are impaired for any reason, our remote access
customers would be unable to access their critical data, causing
an interruption in their operations. In such event, our remote
access customers and their customers could seek to hold us
responsible for any losses. We may also potentially lose these
customers and our reputation could be harmed. In addition, such
damage or destruction, particularly those that directly impact
our technology centers or our vendors or customers could have an
impact on our sales, supply chain, production capability, costs,
and our ability to provide services to our customers.
Although we currently maintain general property damage
insurance, we do not maintain insurance for loss from
earthquakes, acts of terrorism or war. If we incur losses from
uninsured events, we could incur significant expenses which
would adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
|
|
|
If we lose key personnel or qualified technical staff, our
ability to manage the
day-to-day aspects of
our business will be adversely affected. |
We believe that the attraction and retention of qualified
personnel is critical to our success. If we lose key personnel
or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to
manage the day-to-day
aspects of our business will be adversely affected. Our
operations and prospects depend in large part on the performance
of
14
our senior management team and the managers of our principal
operating divisions. The loss of the services of one or more
members of our senior management team, in particular,
Mr. Chandramohan, our Chief Executive Officer, and
Mr. Suriyakumar, our President and Chief Operating Officer,
could disrupt our business and impede our ability to execute our
business strategy. Because our executive and divisional
management team has on average more than 20 years of
experience within the reprographics industry, it would be
difficult to replace them.
|
|
|
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal
controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, our business could be
harmed and current and potential stockholders could lose
confidence in our company, which could cause our stock price to
fall. |
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate
governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and related regulations implemented by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York
Stock Exchange, or NYSE, are creating uncertainty for public
companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and
making some activities more time consuming. We will be
evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to
report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our
internal controls. We will be performing the system and process
evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required
to comply with the management certification and auditor
attestation requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, we expect to incur substantial
additional expenses and diversion of managements time.
While we anticipate being able to fully implement the
requirements relating to internal controls and all other aspects
of Section 404 by our December 31, 2006 deadline, we
cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our
evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the
same on our operations since there is presently no precedent
available by which to measure compliance adequacy. If we are not
able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a
timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud and
might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory
authorities, such as the SEC or the NYSE. Any such action could
harm our business or investors confidence in our company,
and could cause our stock price to fall.
|
|
Item 1B. |
Unresolved Staff Comments |
None
We currently operate 215 reprographics service centers totaling
1,475,088 square feet. We also occupy two technology
centers in Silicon Valley, California, a software programming
facility in Calcutta, India, as well as our three administrative
facilities. Our executive offices are located in Glendale
California.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Reprographics | |
|
|
|
|
Admin & IT | |
|
Square | |
|
Service | |
|
Square | |
Region |
|
Facilities | |
|
Footage | |
|
Centers | |
|
Footage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Southern California
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
7,183 |
|
|
|
47 |
(2) |
|
|
368,468 |
|
Northern California
|
|
|
4 |
(1) |
|
|
29,901 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
265,789 |
|
Pacific Northwest
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
103,364 |
|
Northeast
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
179,627 |
|
Southern
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
319,104 |
|
Midwest
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
31 |
(3) |
|
|
238,736 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
37,734 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
1,475,088 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes two technology centers in Fremont, California, and one
in Calcutta, India. |
|
(2) |
Includes one service center in Mexico City, Mexico. |
|
(3) |
Includes two service centers in the Toronto metropolitan area. |
15
We lease 206 of our reprographics service centers, each of our
administrative facilities and our technology centers. These
leases expire through January 2019. Substantially all of the
leases contain renewal provisions and provide for annual
increases in rent based on the local Consumer Price Index. The
owned facilities are subject to major encumbrances under our
credit facilities. In addition to the facilities that are owned,
our fixed assets are comprised primarily of machinery and
equipment, trucks, and computer equipment. We believe that our
facilities are adequate and appropriate for the purposes for
which they are currently used in our operations and are well
maintained.
|
|
Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
We are a creditor and participant in the Chapter 7
Bankruptcy of Louis Frey Company, Inc., or LF Co., which is
pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District
of New York. We managed LF Co. under a contract from May
through September of 2003. LF Co. filed for Bankruptcy
protection in August 2003, and the proceeding was converted to a
Chapter 7 liquidation in October 2003. On or about
June 30, 2004, the Bankruptcy Estate Trustee filed a
complaint in the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against us, which
was amended on or about July 19, 2004, alleging, among
other things, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duties,
conversion, unjust enrichment, tortious interference with
contract, unfair competition and false commercial promotion in
violation of The Lanham Act, misappropriation of trade secrets
and fraud regarding our handling of the assets of LF Co. The
Trustee claims damages of not less than $9.5 million, as
well as punitive damages and treble damages with respect to the
Lanham Act claims. Previously, on or about October 10,
2003, a secured creditor of LF Co., Merrill Lynch Business
Financial Services, Inc., or Merrill, had filed a complaint in
the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against us, which was most
recently amended on or about July 6, 2004. Merrills
claims are duplicated in the Trustees suit. We, in turn,
have filed answers and counterclaims denying liability to the
Trustee and seeking reimbursement of all costs and damages
sustained as a result of the Trustees actions and in our
efforts to assist LF Co. These cases are set for trial in April
2006. We believe that we have meritorious defenses as well as
substantial counterclaims against Merrill Lynch and the Trustee.
We intend to vigorously contest the above matters. Based on the
discovery and depositions to date, we do not believe that the
outcome of the above matters will have a material adverse impact
on our results of operations or financial condition.
We are involved in various legal proceedings and other legal
matters from time to time in the normal course of business. We
do not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
Environmental and Regulatory Considerations
Our property consists principally of reprographics and related
production equipment, and we lease substantially all of our
production and administrative facilities. We are not aware of
any environmental liabilities which would have a material impact
on our operations and financial condition.
|
|
Item 4. |
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matter was submitted to a vote of our stockholders, through
solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter
of the year ended December 31, 2005.
16
PART II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities |
Market Information
Our common stock, par value $0.001, is listed on the NYSE under
the stock symbol ARP and has been listed since
February 4, 2005, when it was first listed in connection
with our initial public offering. No sales of our common stock
took place prior to February 4, 2005. The following table
sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated the high and low
sale prices for our common stock as reported by the NYSE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
First Quarter(1)
|
|
$ |
15.64 |
|
|
$ |
13.00 |
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
16.20 |
|
|
|
13.42 |
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
18.29 |
|
|
|
15.85 |
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
25.95 |
|
|
|
16.55 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Beginning on February 4, 2005, the first day that our stock
was listed on the NYSE. |
Holders
As of March 1, 2006, the approximate number of stockholders
of record of our common stock was 36 and the closing price of
our common stock was $28.80 per share as reported by the
NYSE. Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by
brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are
unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners
represented by these shareholders of record.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common
equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and
any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and
do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will
be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to
compliance with certain covenants under our credit facilities,
which restrict or limit our ability to declare or pay dividends,
and will depend on our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, general business conditions,
and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
Since January 1, 2005, there have been no sales of
unregistered securities.
17
|
|
Item 6. |
Selected Consolidated Financial Data |
The selected historical financial data presented below are
derived from the audited financial statements of Holdings for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, and
2004 and the audited financial statements of American
Reprographics Company for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005. The selected historical financial data
does not purport to represent what out financial position or
results of operations might be for any future period or date.
The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction
with Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
338,124 |
|
|
$ |
324,402 |
|
|
$ |
315,995 |
|
|
$ |
333,305 |
|
|
$ |
369,123 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
39,875 |
|
|
|
52,290 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
|
|
83,125 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
42,702 |
|
|
|
42,232 |
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
41,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
|
420,701 |
|
|
|
418,924 |
|
|
|
415,960 |
|
|
|
443,864 |
|
|
|
494,204 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
243,710 |
|
|
|
247,778 |
|
|
|
252,028 |
|
|
|
263,787 |
|
|
|
289,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
176,991 |
|
|
|
171,146 |
|
|
|
163,932 |
|
|
|
180,077 |
|
|
|
204,624 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
104,004 |
|
|
|
103,305 |
|
|
|
101,252 |
|
|
|
105,780 |
|
|
|
112,679 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
5,801 |
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
Write-off of intangible assets
|
|
|
3,438 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
63,748 |
|
|
|
66,343 |
|
|
|
60,971 |
|
|
|
71,213 |
|
|
|
89,825 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
541 |
|
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(47,530 |
) |
|
|
(39,917 |
) |
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
|
|
(26,722 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,344 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
16,522 |
|
|
|
26,967 |
|
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
|
38,068 |
|
|
|
54,140 |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)(1)
|
|
|
5,787 |
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10,735 |
|
|
|
20,700 |
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
60,476 |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred equity
|
|
|
(3,107 |
) |
|
|
(3,291 |
) |
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,628 |
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | |
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36,629 |
|
|
|
36,406 |
|
|
|
35,480 |
|
|
|
35,493 |
|
|
|
42,264 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
36,758 |
|
|
|
36,723 |
|
|
|
37,298 |
|
|
|
37,464 |
|
|
|
43,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(2)
|
|
$ |
25,442 |
|
|
$ |
19,178 |
|
|
$ |
19,937 |
|
|
$ |
18,730 |
|
|
$ |
19,165 |
|
Capital expenditures, net
|
|
$ |
8,659 |
|
|
$ |
5,209 |
|
|
$ |
4,992 |
|
|
$ |
5,898 |
|
|
$ |
5,237 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
47,530 |
|
|
$ |
39,917 |
|
|
$ |
39,390 |
|
|
$ |
33,565 |
|
|
$ |
26,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
29,110 |
|
|
$ |
24,995 |
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
$ |
22,643 |
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
372,583 |
|
|
$ |
395,128 |
|
|
$ |
374,716 |
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
|
$ |
442,361 |
|
Long term obligations and mandatorily redeemable preferred and
common stock(3)(4)
|
|
$ |
371,515 |
|
|
$ |
378,102 |
|
|
$ |
360,008 |
|
|
$ |
338,371 |
|
|
$ |
253,371 |
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$ |
(78,955 |
) |
|
$ |
(61,082 |
) |
|
$ |
(60,015 |
) |
|
$ |
(35,009 |
) |
|
$ |
113,569 |
|
Working capital
|
|
$ |
24,338 |
|
|
$ |
24,371 |
|
|
$ |
16,809 |
|
|
$ |
22,387 |
|
|
$ |
35,797 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The Company was reorganized from a California limited liability
company to a Delaware corporation immediately prior to the
consummation of its initial public offering on February 9,
2005. As a result of that reorganization, a deferred tax benefit
of $27,701 was booked concurrent with the consummation of the
IPO. |
|
(2) |
Depreciation and amortization includes a write-off of intangible
assets of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2001. |
|
(3) |
In July 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. In
accordance with SFAS No. 150, the redeemable preferred
equity of Holdings has been reclassified in our financial
statements as a component of our total debt upon our adoption of
this new standard. The redeemable preferred equity amounted to
$25.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and
$27.8 million as of December 31, 2004.
SFAS No. 150 does not permit the restatement of
financial statements for periods prior to the adoption of this
standard. |
|
(4) |
Redeemable common stock amounted to $8.1 million at
December 31, 2001. |
|
|
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations |
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and
other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report. This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements
that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may
differ materially from those indicated in forward-looking
statements. See Forward-Looking Statements and
Risk Factors.
19
Executive Summary
American Reprographics Company is the leading reprographics
company in the United States. We provide
business-to-business
document management services to the architectural, engineering
and construction industry, or AEC industry, through a nationwide
network of independently branded service centers. The majority
of our customers know us as a local reprographics provider,
usually with a local brand and a long history in the community.
We also serve a variety of clients and businesses outside the
AEC industry in need of sophisticated document management
services.
Our services apply to time-sensitive and graphic-intensive
documents, and fall into four primary categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Document management; |
|
|
|
Document distribution & logistics; |
|
|
|
Print-on-demand; and |
|
|
|
On-site services, frequently referred to as facilities
management, or FMs, (any combination of the above services
supplied at a customers location). |
We deliver these services through our specialized technology,
more than 775 sales and customer service employees interacting
with our customers every day, and more than 2,300
on-site services
facilities at our customers locations. All of our local
service centers are connected by a digital infrastructure,
allowing us to deliver services, products, and value to more
than 73,000 companies throughout the country.
Our divisions operate under local brand names. Each brand name
typically represents a business or group of businesses that has
been acquired in our
17-year history. We
coordinate these operating divisions and consolidate their
service offerings for large regional or national customers
through a corporate-controlled Premier Accounts
division.
A significant component of our growth has been from
acquisitions. In 2005, we acquired 14 businesses for
$32.1 million. We acquired six businesses in 2004 for
$3.7 million, and four in 2003 for $870,000. Each
acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method, so
consolidated income statements reflect sales and expenses of
acquired businesses only for post-acquisition periods. All
acquisition amounts include acquisition related costs.
As part of our growth strategy, in 2003 we began opening and
operating branch service centers, which we view as a relatively
low cost, rapid form of market expansion. Our branch openings
require modest capital expenditures and are expected to generate
operating profit within 12 months from opening. We have
opened 19 new branches in key markets since December 31,
2004 and expect to open an additional 15 branches by the end of
2006. To date, each branch that has been open at least
12 months has generated operating profit.
In the following pages, we offer descriptions of how we manage
and measure financial performance throughout the company. Our
comments in this report represent our best estimates of current
business trends and future trends that we think may affect our
business. Actual results, however, may differ from what is
presented here.
Evaluating our Performance. We measure our success in
delivering value to our shareholders by striving for the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Creating consistent, profitable growth; |
|
|
|
Maintaining our industry leadership as measured by our
geographical footprint, market share and revenue generation; |
|
|
|
Continuing to develop and invest in our products, services, and
technology to meet the changing needs of our customers; |
|
|
|
Maintaining the lowest cost structure in the industry; and |
20
|
|
|
|
|
Maintaining a flexible capital structure that provides for both
responsible debt service and pursuit of acquisitions and other
high-return investments. |
Primary Financial Measures. We use net sales, costs and
expenses and operating cash flow to operate and assess the
performance of our business.
Net Sales. Net sales represent total sales less returns,
discounts and allowances. These sales consist of document
management services, document distribution and logistics
services,
print-on-demand
services, reprographics equipment, and reprographics equipment
and supplies sales. We generate sales by individual orders
through commissioned sales personnel and, in some cases, through
national contracts.
The distinctions in our reportable revenue categories are based
primarily on the similarities in their gross margins and other
economic similarities. They are categorized as reprographic
services, facilities management, and equipment and supplies. Our
current service segmentation is likely to change in the future
if our digital services revenue commands a greater and more
distinctive role in our service mix. Digital services now
comprise less than five percent of our overall revenue. We
believe digital services will likely exceed 10% of our revenue
mix by the end of 2007.
Software licenses and membership fees are derived over the term
of the license or the membership agreement. Licensed technology
includes PlanWell online planrooms, PlanWell Electronic Work
Order (EWO), PlanWell BidCaster and MetaPrint. Revenues from
these agreements are separate from digital services. Digital
services include digital document management tasks, scanning and
archiving digital documents, posting documents to the web and
other related work performed on a computer. Software licenses,
membership fees and digital services are categorized and
reported as a part of Reprographic services.
Revenue from reprographic services is produced from document
management, document distribution and logistics, and
print-on-demand
services, including the use of PlanWell by our customers. These
services are typically invoiced to a customer as part of a
combined per-square-foot printing cost and, as such, it is
impractical to allocate revenue levels for each item separately.
We include revenues for these services under the caption
Reprographics services.
On-site services, or facilities management, revenues are
generated from providing reprographic services in our
customers locations using machines that we own or lease.
Generally, this revenue is derived from a single cost per square
foot of printed material, similar to our Reprographics
services.
Revenue from equipment and supplies is derived from the resale
of such items to our customers. We do not manufacture such items
but rather purchase them from our vendors at wholesale costs.
In 2005, our reprographics services represented 74.7% of net
sales, facilities management 16.8%, and sales of reprographics
equipment and supplies 8.5%. Of the 74.7% of reprographic
services, 4.9% was derived from digital services revenue.
Software licenses, including PlanWell, and PEiR memberships have
not, to date, contributed significant revenue. While we achieve
modest cost recovery through membership, licensing and
maintenance fees charged by the PEiR Group, we measure success
in this area primarily by the adoption rate of our programs and
products.
We identify reportable segments based on how management
internally evaluates financial information, business activities
and management responsibility. On that basis, we operate in a
single reportable business segment.
While large orders involving thousands of documents and hundreds
of recipients are common, the bulk of our customer orders
consist of organizing, printing or distributing less than 200
drawings at a time. Such short-run orders are
usually recurring, despite their tendency to arrive with no
advance notice and a short turnaround requirement. Since we do
not operate with a backlog, it is difficult to predict the
number, size and profitability of reprographics work that we
expect to undertake more than a few weeks in advance.
Costs and Expenses. Our cost of sales consists primarily
of paper, toner and other consumables, labor, and expenses for
facilities and equipment. Facilities and equipment expenses
include maintenance, repairs, rents, insurance, and
depreciation. Paper is the largest component of our material
cost. However, paper pricing
21
typically does not affect our operating margins because changes
are generally passed on to our customers. We closely monitor
material cost as a percentage of net sales to measure volume and
waste. We also track labor utilization, or net sales per
employee, to measure productivity and determine staffing levels.
We maintain low levels of inventory and other working capital.
Capital expenditure requirements are also low; most facilities
and equipment are leased, with overall cash capital spending
averaging approximately 1.1% of annual net sales over the last
three years. Since we typically lease our reprographics
equipment for a three to five year term, we are able to upgrade
equipment in response to rapid changes in technology.
Technology development costs consist mainly of the salaries,
leased building space, and computer equipment that comprise our
data storage and development centers in Silicon Valley,
California and Calcutta, India.
Our selling expenses generally include salaries and commissions
paid to our sales professionals, along with promotional, travel
and entertainment costs. Our general and administrative expenses
generally include salaries and benefits paid to support
personnel at our reprographics businesses and our corporate
staff, as well as office rent, utilities, insurance,
communications expenses, and various professional services.
Operating Cash. Operating Cash or Cash Flow from
Operations includes net income less common expenditures
requiring cash and is used as a measure to control working
capital.
Other Common Financial Measures. We also use a variety of
other common financial measures as indicators of our
performance, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Net income and earnings per share; |
|
|
|
EBIT; |
|
|
|
EBITDA; |
|
|
|
Revenue per geographical region; |
|
|
|
Material costs as a percentage of net sales; and |
|
|
|
Days Sales Outstanding/ Days Sales Inventory/ Days Accounts
Payable. |
In addition to using these financial measures at the corporate
level, we monitor some of them daily and location-by-location
through use of our proprietary company intranet and reporting
tools. Our corporate operations staff also conducts a monthly
variance analysis on the income statement, balance sheet, and
cash flow statement of each operating division.
Not all of these financial measurements are represented directly
on the Companys consolidated financial statements, but
meaningful discussions of each are part of our quarterly
disclosures and presentations to the investment community.
Measuring revenue by other means. We also measure revenue
generation by geographic region to manage the performance of our
local and regional business units. This offers us operational
insights into the effectiveness of our sales and marketing
efforts and alerts us to significant business trends.
We believe our current customer segment mix is approximately 80%
of our revenues come from the AEC market, while 20% come from
non-AEC sources. We believe this mix is optimal because it
offers us the advantages of diversification without diminishing
our focus on our core competencies.
Our six geographic operating regions are:
|
|
|
|
|
East Coast includes New England and the Mid-Atlantic
states; |
|
|
|
Midwest includes Canadian operations as well as
commonly considered Midwestern states; |
|
|
|
Southern our broadest region, spans Florida to Texas
and north into Las Vegas; |
|
|
|
Southern California with the Monterey Bay area as a
rough dividing line; |
22
|
|
|
|
|
Northern California includes Silicon Valley, the
San Francisco Bay Area and the Greater Sacramento/ Central
Valley area; and |
|
|
|
Pacific Northwest includes Oregon and Washington. |
Acquisitions. Our disciplined approach to complementary
acquisitions has led us to acquire reprographic businesses that
fit our profile for performance potential and meet strategic
criteria for gaining market share. In most cases, performance of
newly acquired businesses improves almost immediately due to the
application of financial best practices, significantly greater
purchasing power, and productivity-enhancing technology.
According to the International Reprographics Association (IRgA),
the reprographics industry is highly-fragmented and comprised
primarily of small businesses of less than $5 million in
annual sales. Our own experience in acquiring reprographic
businesses over the past ten years reflects this estimate.
Although none of the individual acquisitions we made in the past
three years are material to our overall business, each was
strategic from a marketing and regional market share point of
view.
When we acquire businesses, our management typically uses the
previous years sales figures as an informal basis for
estimating future revenues for the Company. We do not use this
approach for formal accounting or reporting purposes but as an
internal benchmark with which to measure the future effect of
operating synergies, best practices and sound financial
management on the acquired entity.
23
We also use previous years sales figures to assist us in
determining how the company will be integrated into the overall
management structure of the Company. We categorize newly
acquired businesses in one of two ways:
|
|
|
1. Standalone Acquisitions. Post-acquisition, these
businesses maintain their existing local brand and act as
strategic platforms for the company to acquire market share in
and around the specific geographical location. |
|
|
2. Branch/ Fold-in Acquisitions. These are
equivalent to our opening a new or green field
branch. They support an outlying portion of a larger market and
rely on a larger centralized production facility nearby for
strategic management, load balancing, for providing specialized
services, and for administrative and other back
office support. We maintain the staff and equipment of
these businesses to a minimum to serve a small market or a
single large customer, or we may physically integrate
(fold-in) staff and equipment into a larger nearby
production facility. |
New acquisitions frequently carry a significant amount of
goodwill in their purchase price, even in the case of a low
purchase multiple. This goodwill typically represents the
purchase price of an acquired business less tangible assets and
identified intangible assets. We test our goodwill components
annually for impairment on September 30. The methodology
for such testing is detailed further on page 39 of this report.
Recent Developments. On February 9, 2005, we closed
an initial public offering of common stock consisting of
13,350,000 shares at $13.00 per share. Of these
shares, 7,666,667 were newly issued shares sold by us and
5,683,333 were outstanding shares sold by stockholders. On
March 2, 2005, an additional 1,685,300 shares were
sold by certain stockholders pursuant to the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option. As required by the
Holdings operating agreement, we repurchased all preferred
equity of Holdings upon closing the initial public offering with
$28.3 million of the net proceeds from the initial public
offering.
On February 9, 2005, we used a portion of the proceeds from
our initial public offering to repay $50.7 million of our
then outstanding $225 million senior second priority
secured term loan facility and $9 million of our
$100 million senior first priority secured term loan
facility. On February 9, 2005, we also made a cash
distribution of $8.2 million to certain members of Holdings
in accordance with the Holdings operating agreement. See
Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for
further details.
In December 2005, we refinanced our second lien credit facility
with additional borrowings under the first lien credit facility
upon the reduction of significant pre-payment penalties
associated with the second lien credit facility. We believe the
new credit structure will save approximately $8 million
annually under the new interest rate and current outstanding
balance. We increased our first lien credit facility to pay off
in full the borrowings under the original second lien credit
facility. In connection with the transaction, we incurred
prepayment penalties of approximately $4 million. In
addition, we wrote off the remaining unamortized deferred
financing costs of approximately $5.3 million. We have
recorded $9.3 million of loss on early extinguishment of
debt in our consolidated statement of operations.
Subsequent to December 31, 2005, we completed the
acquisition of 2 reprographics companies in the United States
for a total purchase price of $11 million.
Economic Factors Affecting Financial Performance. We
estimate that sales to the AEC market accounted for 80% of our
net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, with the
remaining 20% consisting of sales to non-AEC markets (based on
our review of the top 30% of our customers, and designating
customers as either AEC or non-AEC based on their primary use of
our services). As a result, our operating results and financial
condition can be significantly affected by economic factors that
influence the AEC industry, such as non-residential construction
spending, GDP growth, interest rates, employment rates, office
vacancy rates, and government expenditures. Similar to the AEC
industry, the reprographics industry typically lags a recovery
in the broader economy.
24
Non-GAAP Measures
EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios presented in this report are
supplemental measures of our performance that are not required
by or presented in accordance with GAAP. These measures are not
measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should
not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from
operations, or any other performance measures derived in
accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from
operating, investing or financing activities as a measure of our
liquidity.
EBIT represents net income before interest and taxes. EBITDA
represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization. EBIT margin is a non-GAAP measure calculated by
subtracting depreciation and amortization from EBITDA and
dividing the result by net sales. EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP
measure calculated by dividing EBITDA by net sales.
We present EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios because we
consider them important supplemental measures of our performance
and liquidity. We believe investors may also find these measures
meaningful, given how our management makes use of them. The
following is a discussion of our use of these measures.
We use EBIT to measure and compare the performance of our
divisions. We operate our divisions as separate business units
but manage debt and taxation at the corporate level. As a
result, EBIT is the best measure of divisional profitability and
the most useful metric by which to measure and compare the
performance of our divisions. We also use EBIT to measure
performance for determining division-level compensation and use
EBITDA to measure performance for determining consolidated-level
compensation. We also use EBITDA as a metric to manage cash flow
from our divisions to the corporate level and to determine the
financial health of each division. As noted above, because our
divisions do not incur interest or income tax expense, the cash
flow from each division should be equal to the corresponding
EBITDA of each division, assuming no other changes to a
divisions balance sheet. As a result, we reconcile EBITDA
to cash flow monthly as one of our key internal controls. We
also use EBIT and EBITDA to evaluate potential acquisitions and
to evaluate whether to incur capital expenditures.
EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios have limitations as
analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation,
or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under
GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements for capital expenditures and contractual
commitments; |
|
|
|
They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our
working capital needs; |
|
|
|
They do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary, to service interest or principal
payments on our debt; |
|
|
|
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements; and |
|
|
|
Other companies, including companies in our industry, may
calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their
usefulness as comparative measures. |
Because of these limitations, EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios
should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash
available to us to invest in business growth or to reduce our
indebtedness. We compensate for these limitations by relying
primarily on our GAAP results and using EBIT and EBITDA only as
supplements. For more information, see our consolidated
financial statements and related notes elsewhere in this report.
25
The following is a reconciliation of cash flows provided by
operating activities to EBIT, EBITDA, and net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
48,237 |
|
|
$ |
60,858 |
|
|
$ |
56,648 |
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(1,102 |
) |
|
|
(3,830 |
) |
|
|
8,859 |
|
|
Non-cash expenses, including depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(43,582 |
) |
|
|
(27,480 |
) |
|
|
(5,031 |
) |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
39,390 |
|
|
|
33,565 |
|
|
|
26,722 |
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
14,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT
|
|
|
61,995 |
|
|
|
71,633 |
|
|
|
90,206 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
18,730 |
|
|
|
19,165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
81,932 |
|
|
|
90,363 |
|
|
|
109,371 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
|
|
(26,722 |
) |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,344 |
) |
|
Income tax (provision) benefit
|
|
|
(4,131 |
) |
|
|
(8,520 |
) |
|
|
6,336 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(19,937 |
) |
|
|
(18,730 |
) |
|
|
(19,165 |
) |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred equity
|
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred equity
|
|
|
1,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
39,390 |
|
|
|
33,565 |
|
|
|
26,722 |
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
$ |
14,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,344 |
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
18,730 |
|
|
|
19,165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
81,932 |
|
|
$ |
90,363 |
|
|
$ |
109,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of our net income margin to
EBIT margin and EBITDA margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income margin
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
|
|
(1.3 |
)% |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
3.6 |
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT margin
|
|
|
14.9 |
% |
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4.8 |
% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA margin
|
|
|
19.7 |
% |
|
|
20.4 |
% |
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
Results of Operations
The following table provides information on the percentages of
certain items of selected financial data compared to net sales
for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percentage of Net Sales | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
60.6 |
|
|
|
59.4 |
|
|
|
58.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
39.4 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
|
41.4 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
23.8 |
|
|
|
22.8 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(9.5 |
) |
|
|
(7.6 |
) |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
Income tax (provision) benefit
|
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Increase (decrease) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
(In dollars) | |
|
(Percent) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
333.3 |
|
|
$ |
369.1 |
|
|
$ |
35.8 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
% |
Facilities management
|
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
|
83.1 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
42.0 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
443.9 |
|
|
$ |
494.2 |
|
|
$ |
50.3 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
180.1 |
|
|
$ |
204.6 |
|
|
$ |
24.5 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$ |
105.8 |
|
|
$ |
112.7 |
|
|
$ |
6.9 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
% |
Provision for sales tax liability
|
|
$ |
1.4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
n/a |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
2.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.4 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
% |
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
33.6 |
|
|
$ |
26.7 |
|
|
$ |
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
(20.5 |
)% |
Income taxes provision (benefit)
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
(6.3 |
) |
|
$ |
(14.8 |
) |
|
|
(174.1 |
)% |
Net income
|
|
$ |
29.5 |
|
|
$ |
60.5 |
|
|
$ |
31.0 |
|
|
|
105.1 |
% |
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
90.4 |
|
|
$ |
109 |
|
|
$ |
18.6 |
|
|
|
20.6 |
% |
Reprographic services. Net sales increased in 2005
compared to 2004 from increased construction spending throughout
the U.S. and the expansion of our market share through branch
openings and acquisitions. Data from FMI, a well-respected
management consultancy for the construction industry, show
non-residential construction increasing by a minimum of 5% in
each of the U.S. Census districts, with some districts
reporting 8% and 10% increases. Residential construction was
also robust, showing increases in every district by as much as
10%. We acquired 14 business at various times throughout the
year, each with a primary focus on reprographic services. These
acquired businesses added sales from their book of business to
our own,
27
but in some cases, also allowed us to aggregate regional work
from larger clients. Regional managers reported continued
strength in large-format printing sales. Several regions also
saw significant increases in large and small-format color sales
as our AEC customers began to market new projects in view of the
improving economy. The hurricane season of 2005 depressed sales
in the affected region, with Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama
operations reporting monthly revenues at 70% of 2004 averages
for the same period. Company-wide, pricing remained at similar
levels to 2004, indicating that revenue increases were due
primarily to volume.
Facilities management. The increase in
on-site or facilities
management services continued to post solid dollar volume and
year-over-year percentage gains. This revenue is derived from a
single cost per square foot of printed material, similar to our
Reprographics Services revenue. As convenience and
speed continue to characterize our customers needs, and as
printing equipment continues to become smaller and more
affordable, the trend of placing equipment (and sometimes staff)
in an architectural studio or construction company office
remains strong as evidenced by the nine-year compounded annual
growth rate of 30% in new
on-site services
contracts. By placing such equipment
on-site and billing on
a per use and per project basis, the invoice continues to be
issued by us, just as if the work were produced in one of our
centralized production facilities. The resulting benefit is the
convenience of on-site
production with a pass-through or reimbursable cost of business
that many customers continue to find attractive. The highly
renewable nature of most
on-site service
contracts leads us to believe that this source of revenue will
continue to increase in the near term.
Equipment and supplies sales. From 2001 through 2004, our
equipment and supplies sales declined or were generally flat. In
2005, we experienced a 10% gain as compared to 2004 revenue for
this service line. During the past four years, our facilities
management sales efforts made steady progress against the
outright sale of equipment and supplies by converting such sales
contracts to on-site
service agreements. Two acquisitions in the Midwest in 2005 and
one late in 2004 contributed to reversing this trend, as each
possessed a strong equipment and supply business unit. Trends in
smaller, less expensive and more convenient printing equipment
are gaining popularity with customers who want the convenience
of in-house production, but have no compelling reimbursable
invoice volume to offset the cost of placing the equipment. In
the future, we expect this market to grow and intend to target
this type of customer through increased marketing and sales
efforts.
Gross profit in 2005 came in at $204.6 million compared to
$180.1 million in 2004. This 13.6% increase in gross profit
was the result increased revenues of 11.3% coupled with the
fixed cost nature of some of our cost of good sold expenses,
such as machine cost and facility rent. Gross margins increased
from 40.6% in 2004 to 41.4% in 2005 due to increased revenue and
the fixed cost nature of some of our cost of goods sold
expenses. These increases were partially offset by lower gross
margins due to acquisition activity and new branch openings that
tend to depress gross margins temporarily.
Facilities management revenues are a significant component of
our gross margins. We believe that this service segment will
continue to be our strongest margin producer in the foreseeable
future. Customers continue to view
on-site services and
digital equipment as a premium convenience offering,
and we believe the market for this service will continue to
expand. We believe that more customers will adopt these
services, as the equipment continues to become smaller and more
affordable.
While material costs as a percentage of net sales remained flat
from 2004 to 2005, our increased purchasing power as a result of
our expanding geographical footprint continues to keep our
material cost and purchasing costs low by industry standards.
Production labor cost as a percentage of net sales increased
from 22.8% in 2004 to 23.2% in 2005 due to the increased cost
associated with higher-priced, technologically-equipped
employees whose skills are necessary to serve our customers, and
continuing increases in employee health benefit costs.
Production overhead as a percentage of revenue decreased from
18% in 2004 to 16.8% in 2005 due to the fixed cost nature of the
expense coupled with the net sales increase.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. In 2005,
selling, general and administrative expenses increased by
$6.9 million or 6.5% over 2004. The increase is
attributable to the increase in our sales volume during the same
period. Expenses rose primarily due to increases in sales
commissions, incentive payments
28
and bonus accruals that accompany sales growth. As a percentage
of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
declined by 1% in 2005 as compared to 2004 as a result of
continued regional consolidation of accounting and finance
functions, and a maturing regional management structure. Our
regional management structure, instituted in 2003, continues to
bear positive results in the dissemination of best business
practices, better administrative controls, and greater
consolidation of common regional resources. Our general and
administrative expenses included management fees of
approximately $0.9 million paid in each of 2003 and 2004 to
CHS Management IV LP and $217,000 in 2005 in accordance
with a management agreement entered into as part of our
recapitalization in 2000. These management fees ceased after our
initial public offering in February 2005. We expect that our
selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in
absolute dollars due to increased legal and accounting fees as a
public company, including costs associated with evaluating and
enhancing our internal control over financial reporting.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
increased 25.1% in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily due to an
increase in identified intangible assets such as customer
relationships, trade names and
not-to-compete
covenants in association with acquired businesses.
Interest Expense, Net. Net interest expense declined to
$26.7 million in 2005 compared with $33.6 million in
2004, a decrease of 20.5% year-over-year. The decrease was due
primarily to the use of $88 million in net proceeds from
our February 2005 initial public offering to repay debt.
Income Taxes. Our effective income tax rate increased
from 22% to 39%, not including our one-time benefit as a result
of our reorganization in February 2005. The increase is due to
our entire company being subject to corporate income taxation in
2005 as compared to 2004 in which a substantial portion of our
business was operated within a limited liability company and
treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. The members of
Holdings paid income tax on their respective share of
Holdings income.
Net Income. Net income increased to $60.5 million in
2005 compared to $29.5 million in 2004 primarily due to
increased sales as overall construction activity in the
U.S. expanded in most regions, lower interest expense due
to the reduction in our overall debt, and a one-time tax benefit
due to our reorganization in February 2005.
EBITDA. Our EBITDA margin increased to 22.1% in 2005
compared to 20.4% in 2004 primarily due to higher revenues.
29
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Increase (Decrease) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
(In Dollars) | |
|
(Percent) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
316.1 |
|
|
$ |
333.3 |
|
|
$ |
17.2 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
% |
Facilities management
|
|
|
59.3 |
|
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
22.1 |
% |
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(5.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
416.0 |
|
|
$ |
443.9 |
|
|
$ |
27.9 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
163.9 |
|
|
$ |
180.1 |
|
|
$ |
16.2 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$ |
101.3 |
|
|
$ |
105.8 |
|
|
$ |
4.5 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
% |
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
39.4 |
|
|
$ |
33.6 |
|
|
$ |
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(14.7 |
)% |
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
4.1 |
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
4.4 |
|
|
|
107.3 |
% |
Net income
|
|
$ |
3.6 |
|
|
$ |
29.5 |
|
|
$ |
25.9 |
|
|
|
719.4 |
% |
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
67.0 |
|
|
$ |
90.4 |
|
|
$ |
23.4 |
|
|
|
34.9 |
% |
Net Sales. Net sales increased in 2004 compared to 2003
primarily due to the improvement in the U.S. economy,
particularly in the Western United States, acquisition activity,
the expansion of our revenue base through the opening of new
branches, and by increasing our market share in certain markets.
Prices during this period remained relatively stable, indicating
that our revenue increases were primarily volume driven.
While revenue from reprographics services and facilities
management increased, our revenue generated from sales of
equipment and supplies sales decreased. This was due to the
conversion of many equipment sales contracts into facilities
management contracts. We believe that the recurring revenues
from such facilities management contracts that span over several
years should make our revenue profile more stable. This ability
to convert our equipment sales contracts into facilities
management contracts, coupled with the increased decentralized
nature of the AEC industry, leads us to believe that facilities
management revenue will continue to increase in the near term.
Gross Profit. Our gross profit increased in 2004 compared
to 2003 due primarily to the increase in our net sales coupled
with the fixed cost nature of our leases for production
equipment and facilities. The gross margin realized on our
incremental sales increase during this period amounted to 57.9%.
Our overall gross margin improved by approximately
1.2 percentage points to 40.6% in 2004 compared to 39.4% in
2003. We were able to reduce our material cost as a percentage
of net sales from 16.1% in 2003 to 15.4% in 2004 due to a
negotiated price reduction in the cost of material from one of
our major vendors, coupled with better waste control procedures.
Production labor cost as a percentage of net sales increased
slightly from 21.6% in 2003 to 22.8% in 2004 due to the hiring
of additional production labor in anticipation of continued
revenue increases coupled with an increase in employee health
benefits costs. Production overhead as a percentage of revenue
decreased from 22.9% in 2003 to 21.3% in 2004 due to the fixed
cost nature of the expense coupled with the net sales increase.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased in 2004 compared
to 2003 primarily due to higher sales commissions related to
increased sales and higher incentive bonus accruals during 2004
compared to 2003 related to improved operating results. As a
percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative
expenses during 2003 and 2004 decreased from 24.3% to 23.8%,
respectively, as higher sales in 2004 offset the increase in our
sales force and increased selling and marketing activities
during 2004 as we continued to pursue market share expansion.
Our general and administrative expenses each in 2003 and 2004
included approximately $0.9 million management fees paid to
30
CHS Management IV LP in accordance with a management
agreement entered into as part of our recapitalization in 2000.
These management fees ceased after our initial public offering.
Provision for Sales Tax Dispute Settlement. We recorded a
$1.4 million provision for a sales tax dispute settlement
in 2004 related to a dispute we are involved in with a state tax
authority. The dispute involves unresolved sales tax issues
which arose from such state tax authoritys audit findings
from their sales tax audit of certain of our operating divisions
for the period from October 1998 to September 2001. The
unresolved issues relate to the application of sales taxes on
certain discounts granted to our customers. For further
information concerning the provision for sales tax dispute
settlement, see State Sales Tax on page 37.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
in 2004 remained flat compared to 2003.
Interest Expense, Net. Net interest expense decreased in
2004 compared to 2003 due to the refinancing of our debt in
December 2003, which lowered our overall effective interest rate
in 2004 by approximately two percentage points. Also, during
2004, we reduced our total debt obligations by approximately
$36.5 million. Partially offsetting these interest expense
reductions was the additional interest expense recognized with
the adoption of FAS 150. FAS 150 required that we
treat our redeemable preferred stock as debt from the effective
date of July 1, 2003. As a result, we incurred six months
of this interest expense during 2003 amounting to
$1.8 million, compared to twelve months of interest expense
amounting to $3.9 million during 2004.
During 2003, the interest benefit from our interest rate swap
contracts was $4.0 million. The interest rate swap
contracts expired in September 2003, and we entered into a new
interest rate hedge in September 2003. This instrument is
accounted for as a hedge, and fluctuations in its market value
do not affect our income statement.
Income Taxes. Income tax provision increased in 2004
compared to 2003 primarily due to higher pretax income at the
consolidated corporations. Excluding the $14.9 million loss
on early extinguishment of debt we recorded during 2003, our
overall effective income tax rate for 2004 increased to 22.4%,
compared to 18.3% in 2003.
Net Income. Net income increased in 2004 compared to 2003
primarily related to increased sales resulting from the
improvement in the U.S. economy, increased AEC activity, as
well as reduced interest expense due to the refinancing of our
debt in December 2003, which resulted in a $14.9 million
loss on early extinguishment of debt during 2003.
EBITDA. Our EBITDA margin increased to 20.4% in 2004
compared to 19.7% in 2003 primarily due to higher revenues. For
a reconciliation of EBITDA to pro forma net income, please see
Non-GAAP Measures above.
31
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain quarterly financial data
for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2005. This
quarterly information is unaudited, has been prepared on the
same basis as the annual financial statements and, in our
opinion, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the
information for periods presented. Operating results for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future
period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited, dollars in thousands) | |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
84,170 |
|
|
$ |
87,237 |
|
|
$ |
81,958 |
|
|
$ |
79,938 |
|
|
$ |
87,695 |
|
|
$ |
94,708 |
|
|
$ |
94,730 |
|
|
$ |
91,990 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
16,529 |
|
|
|
17,954 |
|
|
|
19,254 |
|
|
|
18,624 |
|
|
|
19,172 |
|
|
|
21,076 |
|
|
|
21,577 |
|
|
|
21,300 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
9,819 |
|
|
|
10,424 |
|
|
|
8,953 |
|
|
|
9,004 |
|
|
|
9,599 |
|
|
|
9,776 |
|
|
|
11,180 |
|
|
|
11,401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
110,518 |
|
|
$ |
115,615 |
|
|
$ |
110,165 |
|
|
$ |
107,566 |
|
|
$ |
116,466 |
|
|
$ |
125,560 |
|
|
$ |
127,487 |
|
|
$ |
124,691 |
|
Quarterly sales as a % of annual sales
|
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
26.1 |
% |
|
|
24.8 |
% |
|
|
24.2 |
% |
|
|
23.6 |
% |
|
|
25.4 |
% |
|
|
25.8 |
% |
|
|
25.2 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
45,919 |
|
|
$ |
49,424 |
|
|
$ |
44,287 |
|
|
$ |
40,447 |
|
|
$ |
48,325 |
|
|
$ |
53,654 |
|
|
$ |
52,522 |
|
|
$ |
50,124 |
|
Income from operations
|
|
$ |
18,588 |
|
|
$ |
20,639 |
|
|
$ |
17,702 |
|
|
$ |
14,284 |
|
|
$ |
21,060 |
|
|
$ |
25,083 |
|
|
$ |
23,604 |
|
|
$ |
20,078 |
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
23,376 |
|
|
$ |
25,839 |
|
|
$ |
22,627 |
|
|
$ |
18,521 |
|
|
$ |
25,608 |
|
|
$ |
29,648 |
|
|
$ |
28,685 |
|
|
$ |
25,431 |
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
|
$ |
35,563 |
|
|
$ |
11,383 |
|
|
$ |
10,518 |
|
|
$ |
3,012 |
|
The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss)
for each respective quarter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited, dollars in thousands) | |
EBITDA
|
|
|
23,376 |
|
|
|
25,839 |
|
|
|
22,627 |
|
|
|
18,521 |
|
|
|
25,608 |
|
|
|
29,648 |
|
|
|
28,685 |
|
|
|
25,431 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(8,125 |
) |
|
|
(8,405 |
) |
|
|
(8,559 |
) |
|
|
(8,476 |
) |
|
|
(8,324 |
) |
|
|
(6,194 |
) |
|
|
(6,131 |
) |
|
|
(6,074 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,344 |
) |
Income tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
(2,299 |
) |
|
|
(2,682 |
) |
|
|
(1,959 |
) |
|
|
(1,580 |
) |
|
|
22,709 |
|
|
|
(7,612 |
) |
|
|
(7,018 |
) |
|
|
(1,743 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(4,514 |
) |
|
|
(4,907 |
) |
|
|
(4,918 |
) |
|
|
(4,391 |
) |
|
|
(4,430 |
) |
|
|
(4,459 |
) |
|
|
(5,018 |
) |
|
|
(5,258 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
|
$ |
35,563 |
|
|
$ |
11,383 |
|
|
$ |
10,518 |
|
|
$ |
3,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that quarterly revenues and operating results may
vary significantly in the future and that
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of
future performance. In addition, our quarterly operating results
are typically affected by seasonal factors, primarily the number
of working days in a quarter. Historically, our fourth quarter
is the slowest, reflecting the slowdown in construction activity
during the holiday season, and our second quarter is the
strongest, reflecting the fewest holidays and best weather
compared to other quarters.
32
Impact of Inflation
Inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations.
Price increases for raw materials such as paper typically have
been, and we expect will continue to be, passed on to customers
in the ordinary course of business.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of cash have been operations and
borrowings under our bank credit facilities or debt agreements.
Our historical uses of cash have been for acquisitions of
reprographics businesses, payment of principal and interest on
outstanding debt obligations, capital expenditures and
tax-related distributions to members of Holdings. Supplemental
information pertaining to our historical sources and uses of
cash is presented as follows and should be read in conjunction
with our consolidated statements of cash flows and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
48,237 |
|
|
$ |
60,858 |
|
|
$ |
56,648 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$ |
(8,336 |
) |
|
$ |
(10,586 |
) |
|
$ |
(27,547 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
$ |
(47,581 |
) |
|
$ |
(53,761 |
) |
|
$ |
(20,284 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2005 primarily related to net income of
$60.5 million, depreciation and amortization of
$19.1 million and non-cash interest expense of
$8.7 million from the amortization of deferred financing
costs. These factors were offset by the recording of
$27.7 million in deferred tax benefits resulting from the
reorganization of our company from an LLC to a corporation, the
growth in accounts receivable of $4.0 million, primarily
related to increased sales during 2005 and a decrease in
accounts payable and accrued expenses of $6.1 million,
primarily due to the timing of payments of interest on our bank
debt coupled with timing of trade payables.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2004, primarily related to net income of
$29.5 million, depreciation and amortization of
$18.7 million, non-cash interest expense of
$4.6 million from the amortization of deferred financing
costs and the accretion of yield on our mandatorily redeemable
preferred members equity, and an increase in accounts
payable and accrued expenses of $12.4 million, primarily
due to the timing of payments on trade payables, incentive bonus
accruals to be paid at year end, and the higher volume of
business activity in 2004. These factors were offset by the
growth in accounts receivables of $5.7 million, primarily
related to increased sales during 2004, and by the
$3.1 million increase in our prepaid expenses, primarily
due to the $2.2 million of IPO-related costs incurred in
2004 that were recorded as prepaid expenses. Such IPO-related
costs were offset against gross IPO proceeds upon the completion
of our IPO in February 2005.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2003, primarily related to net income of
$3.6 million, depreciation and amortization of
$19.9 million, non-cash interest expense of
$12.4 million from the accretion of yield on Holdings
notes and mandatorily redeemable preferred members equity,
the amortization of deferred financing costs, the write-off of
unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs of
$9.0 million as a result of our debt refinancing in
December 2003, a decrease in accounts receivable of
$1.8 million, and a $1.0 million decrease in inventory.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to
acquisition of businesses and capital expenditures. Payments for
businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other
cash payments and earnout payments associated with the
acquisitions, amounted to $22.4 million, $4.6 million,
and $3.1 million during the years ended December 31,
2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. We incurred capital
expenditures totaling
33
$5.2 million, $5.9 million, and $5.0 million
during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in 2005 primarily relates to the redemption of
preferred units of $28.3 million and repayment of long
term-debt of $97.2 million and distributions to members of
$8.2 million, offset by net proceeds from our initial
public offering of $92.7 million, borrowings under long
term debt agreements of $18 million and proceeds from the
issuance of common stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
of $4 million. Cash used in financing activities for the
year ended December 31, 2004, included $48.4 million
of repayments under our debt agreements and $6.1 million in
cash distributions to members. Cash used in financing activities
for the year ended December 31, 2003, included
$375.6 million of repayments on our prior credit
facilities, an $8.1 million payment of loan fees related to
our debt refinancing, and $1.7 million in cash
distributions to members. These were offset by
$337.8 million in borrowings under our new credit
facilities in December 2003.
Our cash position, working capital, and debt obligations as of
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005 are shown below and
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated balance
sheets and notes thereto elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
$ |
22,643 |
|
Working capital
|
|
$ |
16,809 |
|
|
$ |
22,387 |
|
|
$ |
35,797 |
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred and common equity
|
|
$ |
25,791 |
|
|
$ |
27,814 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Other debt obligations
|
|
|
359,340 |
|
|
|
320,833 |
|
|
|
273,812 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations
|
|
$ |
385,131 |
|
|
$ |
348,647 |
|
|
$ |
273,812 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt obligations as of December 31, 2004 include
$27.8 million of redeemable preferred equity, which has
been reclassified in our financial statements as a component of
our total debt upon our adoption of SFAS No. 150 in
July 2003. The redeemable preferred equity was redeemed on
February 9, 2005.
We expect a positive effect on our liquidity and results of
operations going forward due to lower interest expense as net
proceeds of approximately $92.7 million from our initial
public offering were used to reduce our existing debt
obligations. Our overall interest expense may also be reduced as
rates applicable to future borrowings on our revolving credit
facility may decrease since the margin for loans made under the
revolving facility is based on the ratio of our consolidated
indebtedness to our consolidated EBITDA (as defined in our
credit facilities). The applicable margin on our revolving
facility ranges between 2.00% and 2.75% for LIBOR rate loans and
ranges between 1.00% and 1.75% for index rate loans. In
addition, the termination of our management agreement with CHS
Management IV LP that occurred upon completion of our
initial public offering will improve future operations and cash
flows by eliminating fees paid under this agreement $858,000 in
2003, $835,000 in 2004, and $217,000 in 2005.
These positive factors will be offset to a certain extent by
rising market interest rates on our debt obligations under our
senior secured credit facilities, which are subject to variable
interest rates. As discussed in Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk, we had
$273.8 million of total debt outstanding as of
December 31, 2005, of which $235.4 million was bearing
interest at variable rates. A 1.0% change in interest rates on
variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense
fluctuating by approximately $2.4 million during the year
ended December 31, 2005.
We believe that our cash flow provided by operations will be
adequate to cover our 2006 working capital needs, debt service
requirements, and planned capital expenditures, to the extent
such items are known or are reasonably determinable based on
current business and market conditions. However, we may elect to
finance
34
certain of our capital expenditure requirements through
borrowings under our credit facilities or the issuance of
additional debt.
We continually evaluate potential acquisitions. Absent a
compelling strategic reason, we target potential acquisitions
that would be cash flow accretive within six months. Currently,
we are not a party to any agreements or engaged in any
negotiations regarding a material acquisition. We expect to fund
future acquisitions through cash flow provided by operations,
additional borrowings, or the issuance of our equity. The extent
to which we will be willing or able to use our equity or a mix
of equity and cash payments to make acquisitions will depend on
the market value of our shares from time to time and the
willingness of potential sellers to accept equity as full or
partial payment.
Debt Obligations
Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On December 21,
2005, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit and
Guaranty Agreement (the Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement), which replaced our Amended and Restated Credit
and Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 30, 2005
(First Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty
Agreement). The Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities
aggregating up to $310,600,000, consisting of a $280,600,000
term loan facility and a $30,000,000 revolving credit facility.
We used the proceeds from the incremental new term loan, in the
amount of $157,500,000, to prepay in full all principal and
interest payable under our then existing Second Lien Credit and
Guaranty Agreement, dated December 18, 2003. The remaining
balance of the increased term loan facility of $50,000,000 is
available for our use, subject to the terms of the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Our obligations are
guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries and, subject to certain
limited exceptions, are collateralized by first priority
security interests granted in all of our and the
guarantors personal and real property, and 65% of the
assets of our foreign subsidiaries. Term loans are amortized
over the term with the final payment due June 18, 2009.
Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility must be
repaid by December 18, 2008.
Loans made under the credit facilities bear interest at one of
two floating rates, at our option. The floating rates may be
priced as either an Index Rate Loan or as Eurodollar Rate Loan.
Term loans that are Index Rate Loans bear interest at the Index
Rate plus .75%. The Index Rate is defined as the higher of
(i) the rate of interest publicly quoted from time to time
by The Wall Street Journal as the base rate on corporate
loans posted by the nations largest banks and
(ii) the Federal Reserve reported overnight funds rate plus
.5%. Term Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans bear interest at
the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus 1.75%.
Revolving Loans that are Index Rate Loans bear interest at the
Index Rate plus an Applicable Margin. Revolving Loans that are
Eurodollar Rate Loans bear interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate plus an Applicable Margin. The Applicable Margin is
determined by a grid based on the ratio of the consolidated
indebtedness of us and our subsidiaries to the consolidated
adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit facilities) of us and
our subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal
quarters and range between 2.00% and 2.75% for Eurodollar Rate
Loans and range between 1.00% and 1.75% for Index Rate Loans.
35
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance,
borrowing capacity and applicable interest rate under our senior
secured credit facilities. Subsequent to December 31, 2004,
we utilized the net proceeds from our initial public offering to
pay down $9.0 million under our term facility and
$50.7 million under our second priority facility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2004 | |
|
As of December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Available | |
|
|
|
|
|
Available | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing | |
|
Interest | |
|
|
|
Borrowing | |
|
Interest | |
|
|
Balance | |
|
Capacity | |
|
Rate | |
|
Balance | |
|
Capacity | |
|
Rate | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Term facility
|
|
$ |
94,800 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5.26 |
% |
|
$ |
230,423 |
|
|
$ |
50,000 |
|
|
|
6.12 |
% |
Revolving facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
8.25 |
% |
Second priority facility, excluding debt discount
|
|
|
208,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.92 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
303,031 |
|
|
$ |
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
235,423 |
|
|
$ |
75,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, under the revolving facility, we are required to
pay a fee equal to 0.50% of the total unused commitment amount.
We may also draw upon this credit facility through letters of
credit, which carry specific fees.
Redeemable Preferred Units. As of December 31, 2004,
we had $27.8 million of redeemable, non-voting preferred
membership units. Holders of the redeemable preferred units were
entitled to receive a yield of 13.25% of its liquidation value
per annum for the first three years starting in April 2000, and
increasing to 15% of the liquidation value per annum thereafter.
The discount inherent in the yield for the first three years was
recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the
redeemable preferred units. This discount was amortized as a
dividend over the initial three years. Of the total yield on the
redeemable preferred units, 48% was mandatorily payable
quarterly in cash to the redeemable preferred unit holders. The
unpaid portion of the yield accumulated annually and was added
to the liquidation value of the redeemable preferred units. The
preferred units were redeemable without premium or penalty,
wholly or in part, at Holdings option at any time, for the
liquidation value, including any unpaid yield. On
February 9, 2005, we utilized $28.3 million of cash
proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem 100% of the
redeemable preferred units based on the liquidation value of the
redeemable preferred units on such date.
Seller Notes. As of December 31, 2005, we had
$11.3 million of seller notes outstanding, with interest
rates ranging between 5% and 8% and maturities between 2006 and
2010. These notes were issued in connection with prior
acquisitions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2005, and 2004, we did not have any
relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured
finance or special purpose entities, which would have been
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
Our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005,
by fiscal year are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ending December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
2010 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Debt obligations
|
|
$ |
10,756 |
|
|
$ |
4,423 |
|
|
$ |
115,522 |
|
|
$ |
114,495 |
|
|
$ |
1,369 |
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
9,685 |
|
|
|
8,499 |
|
|
|
5,649 |
|
|
|
2,163 |
|
|
|
973 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
28,317 |
|
|
|
19,453 |
|
|
|
12,459 |
|
|
|
8,468 |
|
|
|
5,295 |
|
|
|
11,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
48,758 |
|
|
$ |
32,375 |
|
|
$ |
133,630 |
|
|
$ |
125,126 |
|
|
$ |
7,637 |
|
|
$ |
11,938 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
Operating Leases. We have entered into various
noncancelable operating leases primarily related to facilities,
equipment and vehicles used in the ordinary course of our
business.
Contingent Transaction Consideration. We have entered
into earnout agreements in connection with prior acquisitions.
If the acquired businesses generate operating profits in excess
of predetermined targets, we are obligated to make additional
cash payments in accordance with the terms of such earnout
agreements. As of December 31, 2005, we estimate that we
will be required to make additional cash payments of up to
$1.5 million between 2006 and 2007. These additional cash
payments are accounted for as goodwill when earned.
State Sales Tax. We are involved in a state tax authority
dispute related to unresolved sales tax issues which arose from
such state tax authoritys audit findings from their sales
tax audit of certain of our operating divisions for the period
from October 1998 to September 2001. The unresolved issues
relate to the application of sales taxes on certain discounts we
granted to our customers. Based on the position taken by the
state tax authority on these unresolved issues, they claimed
that an additional $1,179,000 of sales taxes are due from us for
the period in question, plus $372,000 of interest. At an appeals
conference held on December 14, 2004, the appeals board
ruled that we are liable in connection with one component of the
dispute involving approximately $40,000, which we had previously
paid. We paid the tax in May of 2005 but we strongly disagree
with the state tax authoritys position and have filed a
petition for redetermination requesting an appeals conference to
resolve these issues. We have been granted another appeals
conference in April 2006 to resolve the remaining issues.
Our accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2005 include $151,000 of reserves related to
this matter based primarily on certain components of the state
tax authoritys audit findings that we are not disputing.
Based on the unfavorable outcome from a sales tax audit staff
hearing held on March 16, 2005, we believe it is probable
that we will not prevail on appeal.
Impact of Conversion from an LLC to a Corporation
Immediately prior to our initial public offering in February
2005, we reorganized from a California limited liability company
to a Delaware corporation, American Reprographics Company. In
the reorganization, the members of Holdings exchanged their
common units and options to purchase common units for shares of
our common stock and options to purchase shares of our common
stock. As required by the operating agreement of Holdings, we
used a portion of the net proceeds from our initial public
offering to repurchase all of the preferred equity of Holdings
upon the closing of our initial public offering. As part of the
reorganization, all outstanding warrants to purchase common
units were exchanged for shares of our common stock. We do not
expect any significant effect on operations from the
reorganization apart from an increase in our effective tax rate
due to corporate-level taxes, which will be offset by the
elimination of tax distributions to our members and the
recognition of deferred income taxes upon our conversion from a
California limited liability company to a Delaware corporation.
Income Taxes
Between 2001 and February 9, 2005, Holdings and Opco,
through which a substantial portion of our business was operated
prior to our reorganization, were limited liability companies
that were taxed as partnerships. As a result, the members of
Holdings paid income taxes on the earnings of Opco, which are
passed through to Holdings. Certain divisions are consolidated
in Holdings and treated as separate corporate entities for
income tax purposes (the consolidated corporations). These
consolidated corporations pay income tax and record provisions
for income taxes in their financial statements.
37
As a result of the reorganization to a Delaware corporation, our
total earnings are subject to federal, state and local taxes at
a combined statutory rate of approximately 40%, which is lower
than our pro forma effective income tax rate of 46.5% for 2004
due to the redemption of our preferred equity and the related
nondeductible interest expense. The unaudited pro forma
incremental income tax provision and unaudited pro forma
earnings per common member unit amounts in the following table
were calculated as if our reorganization became effective on
January 1, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit/share amounts) | |
Net income (loss) attributable to common members/stockholders
|
|
$ |
7,628 |
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
Unaudited pro forma incremental income
tax provision
|
|
|
2,574 |
|
|
|
6,211 |
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income attributable to common
members/stockholders
|
|
$ |
5,054 |
|
|
$ |
11,198 |
|
|
$ |
1,150 |
|
|
$ |
20,352 |
|
|
$ |
60,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income attributable to common
members/stockholders per common unit/share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
|
$ |
1.39 |
|
Stockholders Equity
Due to their tax attributes, certain members of Holdings have in
the past elected to receive less than their proportionate share
of distributions for such taxes as a result of a difference in
the tax basis of their equity interest in Holdings. In
accordance with the terms of the operating agreement of
Holdings, we made a cash distribution of approximately
$8.2 million to such members on February 9, 2005, with
the completion of our initial public offering to bring their
proportionate share of tax distributions equal to the other
members. These distributions were not accrued at
December 31, 2004, but became payable and were recorded
immediately prior to our reorganization and the completion of
our initial public offering on February 9, 2005. See
Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for
further details.
Critical Accounting Policies. Our management prepares
financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. This requires us to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported
in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis
and rely on historical experience and other factors that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results
could differ from those estimates and such differences may be
material to the consolidated financial statements. We believe
the critical accounting policies and areas that require more
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of
our consolidated financial statements to be the following:
goodwill and other intangible assets; allowance for doubtful
accounts; and commitments and contingencies.
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which
requires, among other things, the use of a nonamortization
approach for purchased goodwill and certain intangibles. Under a
nonamortization approach, goodwill and intangibles that have an
indefinite life are not amortized but instead will be reviewed
for impairment at least
38
annually, or more frequently should an event occur or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired.
Such events or circumstances may be a significant change in
business climate, economic and industry trends, legal factors,
negative operating performance indicators, significant
competition, changes in our strategy, or disposition of a
reporting unit or a portion thereof. Goodwill impairment testing
is performed at the reporting unit level.
SFAS 142 requires a two-step test for goodwill impairment.
The first step identifies potential impairment by comparing the
fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount,
including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds its carrying
amount, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step
of the test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount exceeds its
fair value, the second step measures the impairment loss, if
any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill
with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair
value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount
of goodwill recognized in a business combination. If the
carrying amount goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that
goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to
that excess.
The goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the
identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and
liabilities to such reporting units, assignment of goodwill to
such reporting units, and determination of the fair value of
each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is
estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology. This
requires significant judgments, including estimation of future
cash flows (which is dependent on internal forecasts),
estimation of the long-term growth rate for our business, the
useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination
of our weighted average cost of capital. Changes in these
estimates and assumptions could materially affect the
determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each
reporting unit.
We have selected September 30 as the date we will perform
our annual goodwill impairment test. Based on our valuation of
goodwill, no impairment charges related to the write-down of
goodwill were recognized for the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004, and 2005.
Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives are
amortized over their useful lives. An impaired asset is written
down to fair value. Intangible assets with finite useful lives
consist primarily of
not-to-compete
covenants, trade names, and customer relationships and are
amortized over the expected period of benefit, which ranges from
two to twenty years using the straight-line and accelerated
methods. Customer relationships are amortized under an
accelerated method that reflects the related customer attrition
rates, and trade names are amortized using the straight-line
method.
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial
condition of our customers, monitor collections and payments
from customers, and generally do not require collateral.
Receivables are generally due within 30 days. We provide
for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by
recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. We write off an
account when it is considered uncollectible. We estimate our
allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience,
aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the
creditworthiness of our customers. To date, uncollectible
amounts have been within the range of managements
expectations.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
In the normal course of business, we estimate potential future
loss accruals related to legal, tax and other contingencies.
These accruals require managements judgment on the outcome
of various events based on the best available information.
However, due to changes in facts and circumstances, the ultimate
outcomes could differ from managements estimates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4.
SFAS No. 151 requires that abnormal amounts of idle
facility expense,
39
freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) be
recorded as current period charges and that the allocation of
fixed production overheads to inventory be based on the normal
capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is
effective for the Company on January 1, 2006. The Company
has concluded that SFAS No. 151 will not have a
material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised
2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R),
which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-based Compensation, (SFAS 123) and
supercedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees. SFAS 123R requires all
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements
based on their grant date fair values. The provisions of
SFAS 123R, as supplemented by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 107, Share-Based Payment, are effective no
later than the beginning of the next fiscal year that begins
after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt the new
requirements using the modified prospective transition method in
the first quarter of fiscal 2006, and as a result, will not
retroactively adjust results from prior periods. Under this
transition method, compensation expense associated with stock
options recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 will
include: 1) expense related to the remaining unvested portion of
all stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006,
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with
the original provisions of SFAS No. 123; and 2)
expense related to all stock option awards granted subsequent to
January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123R. The Company will apply the
Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of
share-based payments to employees, which will then be amortized
on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The
Company is currently assessing the provisions of SFAS 123
and the impact that it will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB
Opinion No. 29. SFAS No. 153 is based on
the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be
measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, provided an exception to its basic
measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar
productive assets. Under APB Opinion No. 29, an exchange of
a productive asset for a similar productive asset was based on
the recorded amount of the asset relinquished.
SFAS No. 153 eliminates this exception and replaces it
with an exception of exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not
have commercial substance. The Company has concluded that
SFAS No. 153 will not have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In March 2005, the FASB issued FIN 47, Accounting for
Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an
interpretation of SFAS 143. This statement clarified the
term conditional asset retirement obligation and is effective
for the Companys fourth quarter ending December 31,
2005. Adoption of FIN 47 did not have an impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In September 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force or EITF
amended and ratified previous consensus on EITF No. 05-6,
Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold
Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a
Business Combination which addresses the amortization
period for leasehold improvements in operating leases that are
either placed in service significantly after and not
contemplated at or near the beginning of the initial lease term
or acquired in a business combination. This consensus applies to
leasehold improvements that are purchased or acquired in
reporting periods beginning after ratification. Adoption of the
provisions of EITF No. 05-6 did not have an impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In May 2005, the FASB issued FAS 154, which changes the
requirements for the accounting and reporting of a change in
accounting principle. FAS 154 eliminates the requirement to
include the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle
in the income statement and instead requires that changes in
accounting principle be retroactively applied. FAS 154 is
effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made
on or after January 1, 2006, with early adoption permitted.
The Company began applying the provisions of this statement
during the fourth quarter of 2005.
40
|
|
Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk |
Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk
associated with our debt instruments. We use both fixed and
variable rate debt as sources of financing.
In January 2004, we entered into an interest rate collar
agreement that became effective in September 2005 and has a
fixed notional amount of $111.0 million. The interest rate
collar agreement expires in December 2006. At December 31,
2005, the fair value of the interest rate collar agreement was
$42,000.
At December 31, 2005, we had $273.8 million of total
debt obligations which was bearing interest at variable rates
approximating 7.8% on a weighted average basis. A 1.0% change in
interest rates on variable rate debt would have resulted in
interest expense fluctuating by approximately $3.2 million
during the year ended December 31, 2005.
We have not, and do not plan to, enter into any derivative
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of
December 31, 2005, we had no other significant material
exposure to market risk, including foreign exchange risk and
commodity risks.
|
|
Item 8. |
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data |
Our Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes that are
filed as part of this report are listed under
PART IV, ITEM 15. Financial Statements Schedules and
Reports and are set forth beginning on page F-1
immediately following the signature pages of this report.
|
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On
Accounting And Financial Disclosure |
N/A
|
|
Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded,
processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of
December 31, 2005. Based on that evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as
of December 31, 2005, these disclosure controls and
procedures were effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no significant changes during the fourth quarter of
2005 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B. |
Other Information |
None
41
PART III
|
|
Item 10. |
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors.
Our board of directors are elected annually. There are no family
relationships among any of the directors or executive officers
of our Company. The following table sets forth, with respect to
each director, his name, the year in which he first became a
director of ARC, and his age as of March 1, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year First | |
|
|
Name |
|
Elected | |
|
Age | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
|
|
|
1998 |
(1) |
|
|
47 |
|
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
|
1998 |
(1) |
|
|
52 |
|
Thomas J. Formolo
|
|
|
2000 |
(2) |
|
|
41 |
|
Edward D. Horowitz
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
Mark W. Mealy
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa
|
|
|
2002 |
(3) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Served as an advisor of Holdings since 1998 and as a director of
ARC since October 2004. |
|
(2) |
Served as an advisor of Holdings since 2000 and as a director of
ARC since October 2004. |
|
(3) |
Functioned as a director of Holdings since 2002 and served as a
director of ARC since October 2004. |
The following is a brief description of the principal occupation
and business experience of each of our directors during the past
five years and their other affiliations.
Sathiyamurthy (Mohan) Chandramohan has served
as an advisor and the Chairman of the Board of Advisors of
Holdings since March 1998 and has served as a director and the
Chairman of the Board of Directors of American Reprographics
Company since October 2004. Mr. Chandramohan joined Micro
Device, Inc. (our predecessor company) in February 1988 as
President and became the Chief Executive Officer in March 1991.
Prior to joining our company, Mr. Chandramohan was employed
with U-Save Auto Parts Stores from December 1981 to February
1988, and became the companys Chief Financial Officer in
May 1985 and Chief Operating Officer in March 1987.
Mr. Chandramohan served as the President of the
International Reprographics Association (IRgA) from
August 1, 2001 to July 31, 2002 and continues to be an
active member of the IRgA.
Kumarakulasingam (Suri) Suriyakumar has
served as an advisor of Holdings since March 1998 and has served
as a director of American Reprographics Company since October
2004. Mr. Suriyakumar joined Micro Device, Inc. in 1989. He
became the Vice President of Micro Device, Inc. in 1990 and
became the companys President and Chief Operating Officer
in 1991. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Suriyakumar was
employed with Aitken Spence & Co. LTD, a highly
diversified conglomerate and one of the five largest
corporations in Sri Lanka. Mr. Suriyakumar is an active
member of the IRgA.
Thomas J. Formolo has served as an advisor of Holdings
since April 2000 and has served as a director of American
Reprographics Company since October 2004. Mr. Formolo has
been a partner of CHS since 1997 and employed by its affiliates
since 1990.
Edward D. Horowitz was appointed as a director of
American Reprographics Company in January 2005.
Mr. Horowitz is President and CEO of SES Americom, a
market-leading satellite operator, and a member of the Executive
Committee of its parent company, SES Global (Euronext Paris,
Luxembourg Stock Exchange: SESG). Prior to SES,
Mr. Horowitz founded EdsLink LLC, a venture fund providing
strategic financial, operations, and technology consulting
services. From 1997 through 2001 Mr. Horowitz served at
Citigroup, a provider of banking, insurance and investment
services, as an Executive Vice President and as Founder and
42
Chairman of the e-Citi
business unit of Citigroup. Mr. Horowitz also serves as a
director of iVillage, a provider of online and offline
media-based properties.
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage was appointed as a director of
American Reprographics Company in February 2006.
Mr. McCluggage has served as the President of Craftsman
Films, Inc., which produces motion pictures and television
programs, since January 2002. Mr. McCluggage has also
served as the Co-Chairman of Ardustry Home Entertainment, a
distributor of home videos, since March 2005. From 1991 to 2003,
Mr. McCluggage served as Chairman of the Paramount
Television Group where he was responsible for overseeing
television operations. Prior to that, Mr. McCluggage served
as President of Universal Television from 1987 to 1991.
Mark W. Mealy was appointed as a director of American
Reprographics Company in March 2005. Mr. Mealy served as
the Managing Director and Group Head of Mergers and Acquisitions
of Wachovia Securities, Inc., an investment banking firm, from
March 2000 until October 2004. Mr. Mealy served as the
Managing Director, Mergers and Acquisitions of First Union
Securities, Inc., an investment banking firm, from April 1998 to
March 2000. Mr. Mealy also serves as a director of Morton
Industrial Group, Inc. a metal fabrication supplier to
off-highway construction and agricultural equipment markets.
Manuel Perez de la Mesa functioned as a director for
Holdings from July 2002 until his appointment as a director of
American Reprographics Company in October 2004. Mr. Perez
de la Mesa has been Chief Executive Officer of SCP Pool
Corporation, a wholesale distributor of swimming pool supplies
and related equipment, since May 2001 and has also been the
President of SCP Pool Corporation since February 1999.
Mr. Perez de la Mesa served as Chief Operating Officer of
SCP Pool Corporation from February 1999 to May 2001.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Our executive officers are appointed annually by our board of
directors and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.
The names, ages and positions of all of our executive officers
as of March 1, 2006 are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer; Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
President; Chief Operating Officer; Director |
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer; Secretary |
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Chief Technology Officer |
The following is a brief description of the business experience
of each of our executive officers during the past five years and
their other affiliations. Biographical information for
Mr. Chandramohan and Mr. Suriyakumar is provided above
under Board of Directors.
Mark W. Legg joined Holdings as its Chief Financial
Officer in April 1998. From 1987 to 1998, Mr. Legg was
employed at Vivitar Corporation, a distributor of photographic,
optical, electronic and digital imaging products, as a Vice
President and the Chief Financial Officer, and later as its
Chief Operating Officer. Before Vivitar, he was director of
corporate accounting at Sunrise Medical from 1984 to 1986. From
1979 to 1984, Mr. Legg was employed on the professional
staff at Price Waterhouse & Co.
Rahul K. Roy joined Holdings as its Chief Technology
Officer in September 2000. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Roy was the Founder, President and Chief Executive
Officer of MirrorPlus Technologies, Inc., which developed
software for the reprographics industry, from August 1993 until
it was acquired by us in 1999. Mr. Roy served as the Chief
Operating Officer of InPrint, a provider of printing, software,
duplication, packaging, assembly and distribution services to
technology companies, from 1993 until it was acquired by us in
1999.
43
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is governed by the Audit Committee Charter.
The functions of our Audit Committee are described in the Audit
Committee Charter and include, among other things the following:
(i) reviewing the adequacy of our system of internal
accounting controls; (ii) reviewing the results of the
independent registered public accounting firms annual
audit, including any significant adjustments, management
judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and
disagreements with management; (iii) reviewing our audited
financial statements and discussing the statements with
management; (iv) reviewing disclosures by our independent
registered public accounting firm concerning relationships with
our Company and the performance of our independent registered
public accounting firm and annually recommending the independent
registered public accounting firm; and (v) preparing such
reports or statements as may be required by securities laws. The
Audit Committee Charter provides that the Audit Committee shall
meet as often as it determines but no less frequently than
quarterly.
The members of our Audit Committee are Mark W. Mealy, Edward D.
Horowitz and Manuel Perez de la Mesa. Our board of directors has
determined that all members of our Audit Committee meet the
applicable tests for independence and the requirements for
financial literacy that are applicable to audit committee
members under the rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE. Our
board of directors has determined that Manuel Perez de la Mesa
is an audit committee financial expert as defined by
the applicable rules of the SEC and NYSE as a result of his
education and experience actively supervising a principal
financial officer and controller. Our board of directors has
determined that Mark W. Mealy also is an audit committee
financial expert as defined by the applicable rules of the
SEC and NYSE, as a result of his substantial familiarity and
experience with the use and analysis of financial statements of
public companies. For the last 15 years, Mr. Mealy has
served in various positions in which he analyzed financial
statements in connection with the refinance, recapitalization
and restructure of debt and equity securities and the evaluation
of mergers and acquisitions.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, requires directors and
certain officers of ARC and persons who own more than ten
percent of our common stock to file with the SEC initial reports
of beneficial ownership (Form 3) and reports of subsequent
changes in their beneficial ownership (Form 4 or
Form 5) of ARCs common stock. Such directors,
officers and greater-than-ten-percent stockholders are required
to furnish us with copies of the Section 16(a) reports they
file. The SEC has established specific due dates for these
reports, and ARC is required to disclose in this report any late
filings or failures to file.
Based solely on our review of copies of the Section 16(a)
reports received or written representations from such officers,
directors and more than ten percent stockholders, we believe
that all Section 16(a) filings applicable to our officers,
directors and more than ten percent stockholders were complied
with during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except
for the following: (i) Thomas J. Formolo, a director, filed
a Form 4 amendment on March 11, 2005 which included
the late reporting of shares acquired on February 9, 2005;
(ii) Andrew W. Code, a former director, filed a Form 4
amendment on March 11, 2005 which included the late
reporting of shares acquired on February 9, 2005;
(iii) Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan, our Chief Executive
Officer, Chairman of the Board and a beneficial owner of more
than 10% of our common stock, filed a Form 4 on
January 4, 2006 which included the late reporting of shares
disposed of on December 29, 2005; and
(iv) Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar, our President and Chief
Operating Officer, a director and a beneficial owner of more
than 10% of our common stock, filed a Form 4 on
January 4, 2006 which included the late reporting of shares
disposed of on December 29, 2005.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all employees,
officers and directors, including our chief executive officer,
our chief financial officer and our controller, which meets the
definition of a code of ethics set forth in
Item 406 of
Regulation S-K of
the Exchange Act.
44
A copy of our Code of Conduct, as defined under Item 406 of
Regulation S-K,
including any amendments thereto or waivers thereof, Corporate
Governance Guidelines, and Board Committee Charters can be
accessed on our Website www.e-arc.com, by clicking on the
Investor Relations link at the top of the page and
then selecting Corporate Governance from the
Investor Relations Webpage. We will post any amendments to the
Code of Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be
disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the NYSE, on our
internet site. We will make a copy of our Code of Conduct,
Corporate Governance Guidelines and Board Committee Charters
available to any stockholder upon written request to the Company
at 700 North Central Avenue, Suite 550, Glendale,
California 91203, Attention: Mark W. Legg, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary.
Certain Executive Officer Certifications
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE. As required by
Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we have
filed as exhibits to this
Form 10-K Annual
Report the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
certifications required by Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
On February 22, 2006, we submitted to the NYSE the Annual
CEO Certification regarding the Companys compliance with
the NYSEs corporate governance listing standards as
required by Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company
Manual.
|
|
Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
The compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the
other executive officers who received compensation in excess of
$100,000 for services in all capacities to our company and our
subsidiaries during 2003, 2004 and 2005 (the Named
Executive Officers) is set forth below. We did not grant
any membership unit appreciation rights, stock appreciation
rights, restricted unit, restricted stock, long-term incentive
plan, or LTIP awards to our executive officers during 2003, 2004
or 2005.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long Term | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards | |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Securities | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Underlying | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year | |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Compensation(1) | |
|
Options | |
|
Compensation | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
S. Chandramohan
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
$ |
649,583 |
|
|
$ |
1,080,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
270 |
(4) |
|
Chairman of the Board of |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
58,718 |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(4) |
|
Directors and Chief |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,150 |
(6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(4) |
|
Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Suriyakumar
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
649,583 |
|
|
|
1,080,000 |
(7) |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
383 |
(4) |
|
President, Chief |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
66,332 |
(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(4) |
|
Operating Officer and |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,527 |
(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(4) |
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
243,461 |
|
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,593 |
(9) |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
196,667 |
|
|
|
490,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
(10) |
|
and Secretary |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
387,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,288 |
(11) |
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
403,077 |
|
|
|
|
(15) |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,580 |
(12) |
|
Chief Technology Officer |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
3,018 |
(13) |
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,688 |
(14) |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Certain perquisites and other personal benefits provided by us
to the Named Executive Officers are not included in the above
table as permitted by the SEC regulations because the aggregate
amount of such perquisites and other personal benefits for each
Named Executive Officer in each year reflected in the table did
not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the sum of such
officers salary and bonus in each respective year. |
45
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Represents incentive bonus paid under terms of employment
agreement consisting of 40,326 shares of the Companys
common stock. The employment agreement provides that
Mr. Chandramohan can elect to receive his incentive bonus
in cash, the Companys common stock, or partly in each. If
the incentive bonus is paid in the Companys common stock,
such stock is valued using the average of the closing prices of
the Companys common stock on the NYSE for the 10 trading
days immediately preceding the valuation date (March 1,
2006) of the Companys common stock in payment of the
incentive bonus. |
|
|
(3) |
Messrs. Chandramohan, Suriyakumar, Legg and Roy received
standard benefits received by full-time employees under the
terms of their employment agreements. These include an employee
stock purchase plan (which is not reflected in this table.) |
|
|
(4) |
Consists of premiums for life insurance. |
|
|
(5) |
Includes $54,218 for automobile lease payments. |
|
|
(6) |
Includes $47,770 for automobile lease payments. |
|
|
(7) |
Represents incentive bonus paid under terms of employment
agreement consisting of 40,326 shares of the Companys
common stock. The employment agreement provides that
Mr. Suriyakumar can elect to receive his incentive bonus in
cash, the Companys common stock, or partly in each. If the
incentive bonus is paid in the Companys common stock, such
stock is valued using the average of the closing prices of the
Companys common stock on the NYSE for the 10 trading days
immediately preceding the valuation date of the Companys
common stock in payment of the incentive bonus. |
|
|
(8) |
Consists of automobile lease payments. |
|
|
(9) |
Consists of $414 of premiums for life insurance and $1,179 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
|
(10) |
Consists of $213 of premiums for life insurance and $1,067 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(11) |
Consists of $288 of premiums for life insurance and $1,000 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(12) |
Consists of $903 of premiums for life insurance and $2,677 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(13) |
Consists of $360 of premiums for life insurance and $2,658 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(14) |
Consists of $288 of premiums for life insurance and $2,400 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(15) |
The amount of Mr. Roys bonus has not yet been
determined. |
Option Grants During the Year Ended December 31, 2005
The Company did not grant any stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock or LTIP awards to the Named Executive
Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
46
Aggregated Option Exercises During the Year Ended
December 31, 2005 and Value of Options Held at
December 31, 2005
The following table provides summary information concerning the
shares of common stock acquired in 2005, the value realized upon
exercise of stock options in 2005, and the year end number and
value of unexercised options with respect to each of the Named
Executive Officers as of December 31, 2005. The value was
calculated by determining the difference between the fair market
value of underlying securities and the exercise price. The fair
market value of our common stock at December 31, 2005 was
$25.41 per share.
Fiscal Year-End Option Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
In-the-Money | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options at FY-End | |
|
Options at FY-End | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Acquired | |
|
|
|
Exercisable/ | |
|
Exercisable/ | |
Name |
|
on Exercise | |
|
Value Realized | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
S. Chandramohan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Suriyakumar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000/0 |
|
|
$ |
296,898/$0 |
|
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
76,000 |
|
|
$ |
958,955 |
|
|
|
604,000/120,000 |
|
|
$ |
12,248,553/$2,371,092 |
|
Compensation of Directors
Except for reimbursement for reasonable travel expenses relating
to attendance at board meetings, employee directors are not
compensated for their services as directors.
Directors who are our employees are eligible to participate in
our 2005 Stock Option Plan and our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. The compensation of our employee directors is set forth in
the Summary Compensation Table above.
Directors who are not our employees receive cash compensation
for their services as directors at a rate of $90,000 per
year ($50,000 of which shall be paid through an annual grant of
nonstatutory stock options under our 2005 Stock Plan rather than
in cash). In addition, directors who are not our employees will
receive $5,000 per year for duties as any committee chair.
2005 Non-Employee Directors Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual | |
|
Committee | |
|
Stock | |
|
|
Non-Employee Directors |
|
Retainer | |
|
Chair Fees | |
|
Options(1) | |
|
Total(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Andrew W. Code
|
|
$ |
40,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
Thomas J. Formolo
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
Edward D. Horowitz
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
|
95,000 |
|
Mark W. Mealy
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
|
95,000 |
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
|
95,000 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Reflects those options granted under the 2005 Stock Option Plan,
as described above. |
|
(2) |
Table does not include compensation for items such as
reimbursement for travel and expenses to attend board meetings. |
Employment Agreements
We entered into a 2005 Bonus Plan with Mr. Legg providing
for the payment to Mr. Legg of (1) a bonus of $62,500
upon the completion by December 31, 2005 of all required
documentation for ARC to be in compliance with Section 404
of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, (2) a bonus of $62,500 upon the
completion by
47
December 31, 2005 of the internal audit action plan, and
(3) a bonus of $125,000 will be earned if the actual cash
increase of the business during 2005 is at least equal to the
following formula: EBITDA less cash interest, cash taxes, cash
distributions, cash acquisitions expenditures, debt repayments,
capitalized IPO and debt finance expenditures, other cash items
not included in EBITDA to be approved by the CEO. In accordance
with the 2005 Bonus Plan, $100,000 of the bonus was paid in
advance on August 15, 2005, and the balance of $150,000 was
paid on February 15, 2006.
We have entered into an Agreement to Grant Stock with Rahul K.
Roy, our Chief Technology Officer, that became effective
December 7, 2004. The Agreement to Grant Stock provides
that we will issue Mr. Roy shares of restricted common
stock having a market value at the time of the grant of
$1,000,000 upon his development of certain software
applications. The Agreement to Grant Stock with Mr. Roy
provides that in the event the shares of restricted common stock
are granted, the shares will vest five years after the date of
the grant, subject to Mr. Roys continued employment.
We have entered into employment agreements with each of the
Named Executive Officers that became effective February 3,
2005. Each employment agreement provides for a three-year term
which automatically renews for additional one-year terms subject
to the provisions thereof.
The employment agreements with Messrs. Chandramohan and
Suriyakumar provide for an annual base salary of $650,000. Each
of Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar may also earn an
annual bonus equal to $60,000 for each full percentage point by
which our pre-tax earnings per share for a fiscal year exceed by
more than 10% our pre-tax earnings per share for the previous
year. The employment agreement with Mr. Legg provides for
an annual base salary of $250,000. The employment agreement with
Mr. Roy provides for an annual base salary of $400,000.
Each of Messrs. Legg and Roy may also earn an annual bonus
of up to $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, under performance
criteria to be recommended annually by the CEO, endorsed by the
Compensation Committee and ratified by the Board. Each of the
employment agreements provide for standard employee benefits.
We may terminate the employment of any executive with or without
cause and an executive may terminate his employment with or
without good reason, as those terms are defined in the
agreements. If we terminate the employment of an executive other
than for cause or disability, or the executive terminates his
employment for good reason, his medical benefits will continue
and he will receive as severance benefits his base salary paid
in periodic installments over the remaining term of the
agreement, and all stock options or other equity awards will
immediately vest. The executive will receive no severance or
medical benefits if we terminate his employment for cause or if
he terminates his employment for other than good reason.
The severance payments and benefits described above are only
payable if the executive executes and delivers to us an
agreement releasing us and our related parties for all claims
and liabilities that the executive may have against us and our
related parties.
Each executive has agreed to confidentiality, non-solicitation
and non-competition provisions in his respective employment
agreement.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
Prior to our reorganization to a Delaware corporation in
February 2005, we were governed under the direction of a board
of advisors, consisting of Messrs. Chandramohan,
Suriyakumar, Code, Formolo and Marcus J. George, a managing
director of CHS. Up until our reorganization as a Delaware
corporation, our entire board of advisors determined executive
compensation and we did not have a compensation committee apart
from the board of advisors. Beginning in February 2005, our
compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Perez de la
Mesa, Formolo and Horowitz.
During 2005, Mr. Chandramohan served as our Chief Executive
Officer and Mr. Suriyakumar served as our President and
Chief Operating Officer.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar, both members of our
board of directors, are affiliated with Sumo Holdings LA, LLC,
Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC, Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC,
Sumo Holdings
48
Sacramento, LLC, Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC, and Sumo Holdings
Costa Mesa, LLC, each of which are parties to various real
property leases with our subsidiaries relating to our facilities.
Messrs. Code and Formolo are affiliated with CHS
Management IV LP. We were a party to a management agreement
with CHS Management IV LP, pursuant to which CHS
Management IV LP provided certain consulting services to
us. The management agreement terminated upon the consummation of
our initial public offering.
During fiscal 2005, no executive officer of the Company served
as a director, or as a member of any compensation committee, of
any other for-profit entity that had an executive officer that
served on the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of
the Company.
For a further description of the transactions between the
members of our board of directors, their affiliates and us, see
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information as of
December 31, 2005 regarding all compensation plans
previously approved by our security holders and all
compensations plans not previously approved by our security
holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | |
|
(b) | |
|
(c) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for Future | |
|
|
Number of Securities to | |
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
Issuance Under Equity | |
|
|
be Issued Upon Exercise | |
|
Exercise Price of | |
|
Compensation Plans | |
|
|
of Outstanding Options, | |
|
Outstanding Options, | |
|
(Excluding Securities | |
Plan Category |
|
Warrants and Rights | |
|
Warrants and Rights | |
|
Reflected in Column (a)) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Stock Plan
|
|
|
1,422,585 |
(1) |
|
$ |
5.91 |
|
|
|
3,249,315 |
(2) |
|
2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
362,061 |
|
|
$ |
11.05 |
|
|
|
387,939 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,784,646 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
3,637,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents outstanding options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan
to acquire common stock. |
|
(2) |
The total shares of common stock currently reserved and
authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan equals
5,000,000 shares of common stock. This authorization
automatically increases annually on the first day of our fiscal
year, from 2006 through and including 2010, by the lesser of
(i) 1.0% of the outstanding shares on the date of the
increase; (ii) 300,000 shares; or (iii) such
smaller number of shares determined by our board of directors.
The board may elect to increase, with stockholder approval, or
reduce the number of additional shares authorized in any given
year. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
The following table sets forth information, as of March 1,
2006, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person who is known to us to own beneficially more than 5%
of our common stock; |
|
|
|
all directors and Named Executive Officers as a group; and |
49
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and each of our executive officers named
in the Summary Compensation Table on page 45 of this report. |
The table includes all shares of common stock issuable within
60 days of March 1, 2006 upon the exercise of options
and other rights beneficially owned by the indicated
stockholders on that date. Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting and
investment power with respect to shares. The applicable
percentage of ownership for each stockholder is based on
44,625,815 shares of common stock outstanding as of
March 1, 2006, together with applicable options for that
stockholder. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options and other rights beneficially owned were deemed
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage
ownership of the person holding these options and other rights,
but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage
ownership of any other person. To our knowledge, except under
applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated in
the footnotes to this table, beneficial ownership is direct and
the persons named in the table below have sole voting and sole
investment control regarding all shares beneficially owned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
Owned | |
|
|
| |
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Principal Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.(1) |
|
|
11,042,194 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
% |
|
10 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 3175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chicago, IL 60606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Micro Device, Inc.
|
|
|
6,630,442 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
% |
OCB Reprographics, Inc.
|
|
|
4,332,882 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
% |
Billy E. Thomas(2)
|
|
|
4,436,555 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
600 North Central Expressway |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richardson, TX 75080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware Management Holdings(13)
|
|
|
2,638,936 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
2005 Market Street |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan(2)(4)(5)(6)
|
|
|
13,564,906 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
% |
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar(2)(4)(5)(6)(7)
|
|
|
13,512,925 |
|
|
|
30.3 |
% |
|
1981 N. Broadway, Suite 202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walnut Creek, CA 94596 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Formolo(3)(8)
|
|
|
11,077,566 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
% |
Edward D. Horowitz(8)
|
|
|
17,239 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Mark W. Legg(9)
|
|
|
341,082 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Mark W. Mealy(8)(10)
|
|
|
79,239 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa(11)
|
|
|
54,739 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Rahul K. Roy(12)
|
|
|
644,000 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
% |
All directors and Named Executive Officers as a group
(nine persons)
|
|
|
25,669,108 |
|
|
|
56.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
* |
Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person listed in
the table is c/o American Reprographics Company, 700 North
Central Avenue, Suite 550, Glendale, California 91203. |
|
|
|
|
** |
Less than one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock. |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The sole member of ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. is Code
Hennessey & Simmons IV LP. The general partner of
Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP is CHS
Management IV LP. The general partner of CHS
Management IV LP is Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC.
Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, CHS Management IV LP
and Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP may be deemed to
beneficially own these shares, but disclaim beneficial ownership
of shares in which they do not have a pecuniary interest. The
investment committee of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC is
composed of Andrew W. Code, Daniel J. |
50
|
|
|
|
|
Hennessy, Brian P. Simmons, Thomas J. Formolo, Peter M. Gotsch,
Steven R. Brown, David O. Hawkins and Richard A. Lobo.
Messrs. Code, Hennessy, Simmons, Formolo, Gotsch, Brown,
Hawkins and Lobo may be deemed to beneficially own these shares
due to the fact that they share investment and voting control
over shares held by ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., but disclaim
beneficial ownership of shares in which they do not have a
pecuniary interest. |
|
|
(2) |
Includes 4,332,882 shares held by OCB Reprographics, Inc.
As Messrs. Chandramohan, Suriyakumar and Thomas have
ownership interests of 22.4%, 17.6% and 40%, respectively, in
OCB Reprographics, Inc. and serve on its board of directors,
each could be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all these
shares. Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Includes 11,042,194 shares held by ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C. and 18,133 shares held by CHS Associates IV. Thomas
J. Formolo is a member of the investment committee of Code
Hennessy & Simmons LLC, the general partner of CHS
Management IV LP, which in turn is the general partner of
Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP, which is the sole
member of ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. Code Hennessy &
Simmons LLC is also the general partner of CHS Associates IV.
Messr. Formolo may be deemed to beneficially own the shares
owned by ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. and CHS Associates IV, but
disclaims beneficial ownership of shares in which he does not
have a pecuniary interest. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Includes 6,630,442 shares held by Micro Device, Inc. As
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 56% and 44%, respectively, in Micro Device, Inc.
and serve on its board of directors, each could be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(5) |
Includes 1,553,982 shares held by Brownies Blueprint, Inc.
As Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 42% and 33%, respectively, in Brownies Blueprint,
Inc. and serve on its board of directors, each could be deemed
to have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(6) |
Includes 805,282 shares held by Dietrich-Post Company. As
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 47.6% and 37.4%, respectively, in Dietrich-Post
Company and serve on its board of directors, each could be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(7) |
Includes 114,613 shares held by the Suriyakumar Family
Trust. Mr. Suriyakumar and his spouse, as trustees of the
Suriyakumar Family Trust, share voting and investment power over
these shares. |
|
|
(8) |
Includes 9,239 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding
stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1,
2006. |
|
|
(9) |
Includes 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 1, 2006. Shares held by the Legg Family Trust.
Mr. Legg and his spouse, as trustees of the Legg Family
Trust, share voting and investment power over these shares. |
|
|
(10) |
Includes 35,000 shares held by Eastover Group LLC.
Mr. Mealy has a 100% ownership interest in Eastover Group
LLC and has sole voting and investment power over these shares. |
|
(11) |
Includes 34,739 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 1, 2006. Includes 6,000 shares held by
Mr. Perezs children. |
|
(12) |
Includes 644,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 1, 2006. |
|
(13) |
This information is based solely on a Schedule 13G jointly
filed by Delaware Management Holdings and Delaware Management
Business Trust on February 9, 2006. According to the
Schedule 13G, Delaware Management Holdings and Delaware
Management Business Trust have sole voting power with respect to
2,628,992 shares, shared voting power with respect to
403 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to
2,638,936. |
51
|
|
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
Certain of our directors, executive officers, 5% beneficial
owners and their affiliates have engaged in transactions with us
in the ordinary course of business. We believe these
transactions involved terms comparable to terms that would be
obtained from an unaffiliated third party at the times the
transactions were consummated. The following is a description of
these transactions since the beginning of our last fiscal year.
Related Party Leases and Purchases
We are party to certain leases with entities owned by
Mr. Chandramohan and Mr. Suriyakumar for our
facilities located in Los Angeles, California, San Jose,
California, Irvine, California, Sacramento, California, Oakland,
California, Gaithersburg, Maryland, and Costa Mesa, California.
Under these leases, we paid these entities rent in the aggregate
amount of approximately $2,738,000 in 2005. We are also
obligated to reimburse these entities for certain real property
taxes and assessments. These leases expire through July 2019.
We sell certain products and services to Thomas Reprographics,
Inc., and Albinson Inc., each of which is owned or controlled by
Billy E. Thomas, who beneficially owns more than 5% of our
common equity. These companies purchased products and services
from us of approximately $54,000 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2005.
Management Agreement
We were previously party to a management agreement with CHS
Management IV LP, a Delaware limited partnership, that
terminated upon the completion of our initial public offering in
February 2005. Messr. Formolo, a member of our board of
directors, and Messr. Andrew W. Code, who was a member of our
Board of Directors during 2005 and who resigned from our Board
of Directors in January 2006, have a direct beneficial ownership
in CHS Management IV LP. Under the management agreement, we
paid CHS Management IV LP a management fee of $217,000 in
2005. The annual management fee was subject to an annual
increase based on our financial results but could not exceed
$1,000,000 annually. The management fee was in consideration of
CHS Management IV LP providing ongoing consulting and
management advisory services to us.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each
director and named executive officer which provide
indemnification under certain circumstances for acts and
omissions that may not be covered by any directors and
officers liability insurance. The indemnification
agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our
officers and directors against certain liabilities that may
arise by reason of their status or service as officers and
directors (other than liabilities arising from willful
misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their expenses
incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which
they could be indemnified, and to obtain officers and
directors insurance if available on reasonable terms.
Registration Rights Agreement
We have previously entered into a registration rights agreement
with Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar and certain other
holders of our common stock and holders of warrants to purchase
our common stock, including entities affiliated with certain of
our directors. The holders of 20,483,627 shares of common
stock are entitled to certain rights with respect to the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These
registration rights are described below.
Demand Registrations. At any time following six
months after the closing of our initial public offering, the
holders of a majority of the registrable securities held by ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C. and the holders of a majority of the
registrable securities held by Messrs. Chandramohan and
Suriyakumar (or entities in which they control a majority of the
voting shares) shall each be entitled (as a group) to request up
to two registrations on
Form S-1 or
similar long-form registration statements, respectively, and two
short-form registrations on
Form S-2, S-3
or any similar short-form registration statements, respectively.
The holders of a
52
majority of all other registrable securities under this
agreement are entitled to request one short-form registration.
Piggyback Rights. The holders of registrable
securities other than those originally requesting registration
pursuant to a demand registration can request to participate in,
or piggyback on, any demand registration.
Piggyback Registrations. If we propose to register
any of our equity securities under the Securities Act (other
than pursuant to a demand registration of registrable securities
or a registration on
Form S-4 or
Form S-8) for us
or for holders of securities other than the registrable
securities, we will offer the holders of registrable securities
the opportunity to register their registrable securities.
Conditions and Limitations; Expenses. The
registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations,
including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of
shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay
or withdraw a registration statement under specified
circumstances. We will pay the registration expenses of the
holders of registrable securities in demand registrations and
piggyback registrations in connection with the registration
rights agreement.
Investor Unitholders Agreement
Holdings previously entered into an Investor Unitholders
Agreement with ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. and certain other
parties that held warrants to purchase Holdings common units.
Under this agreement, subject to certain exceptions,
(i) Holdings had a right of first refusal in connection
with a transfer of units acquired by the warrant holders,
(ii) the warrant holders had a right to participate in
transfers of units by ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
(iii) ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. had limited preemptive
rights in connection with an issuance of units by Holdings to
the warrant holders and the warrant holders had limited
preemptive rights in connection with an issuance of units by
Holdings to ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., (iv) the warrant
holders had the right to receive certain financial information
from Holdings, and (v) the warrant holders had certain
property inspection rights. The Investor Unitholders Agreement
terminated upon the consummation of our initial public offering
in February 2005.
|
|
Item 14. |
Principal Accounting Fees and Services |
A summary of the services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Audit fees(a)
|
|
$ |
780 |
|
|
$ |
678 |
|
Audit related fees(b)
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
981 |
|
Tax fees(c)
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
All other fees(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
879 |
|
|
$ |
1,659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Consists of aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for
professional services rendered for the audit of our annual
consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, reviews
of financial statements in the Companys quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q for
each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2004, and other services normally performed in
connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Consists of aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for
assurance and related services reasonably related to the
performance of the audit or review of the Companys
financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and are not
included in the Audit Fees listed above. Of the aggregate fees
of $981 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
$172,000 of this aggregate amount was for retrospective reviews
of the Companys quarterly consolidated financial
statements during the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003, and $1,095 of this aggregate amount was for review of
registration statement on
Form S-1 and
related matters. |
53
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Consists of aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for
tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning for each of the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31,
2004. |
|
(d) |
|
Consists of aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for
all other services not included in the three categories set
forth above for each of the fiscal years ended December 31,
2005 and December 31, 2004. |
The Audit Committee has adopted a Pre-approval Policy governing
the engagement of the Companys independent registered
public accounting firm for all audit and non-audit services. The
Audit Committees Pre-approval Policy provides that the
Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit services and
non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its
independent registered public accounting firm prior to their
engagement for such services. The Audit Committee Pre-approval
Policy establishes pre-approved categories of certain non-audit
services that may be performed by the Companys independent
registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year,
subject to dollar limitations that may be set by the Audit
Committee. Pre-approved services include certain audit related
services, tax services and various non-audit related services.
The term of any pre-approval is 12 months from the date of
pre-approval, unless the Audit Committee specifically provides
for a different period. The Audit Committee may delegate
pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The
member(s) to whom such authority is delegated must report any
pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next
meeting. One hundred percent of the services provided by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during 2004 and 2005 were approved by
the Audit Committee in accordance with the pre-approval
procedures described above.
Under Company policy and/or applicable rules and regulations,
the independent registered public accounting firm is prohibited
from providing the following types of services to the Company:
(1) bookkeeping or other services related to the
Companys accounting records or financial statements,
(2) financial information systems design and
implementation, (3) appraisal or valuation services,
fairness opinions or
contribution-in-kind
reports, (4) actuarial services, (5) internal audit
outsourcing services, (6) management functions,
(7) human resources, (8) broker-dealer, investment
advisor or investment banking services, and (9) legal
services.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15. |
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules |
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements
|
|
|
The following consolidated financial statements are filed as
part of this report: |
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 |
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity and
Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005 |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 |
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
|
(2) Financial Statement Schedule |
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
All other schedules have been omitted as the required
information is not present or is not present in amounts
sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the
information required is included in the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto.
54
(3) Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
Index to Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed
February 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed
on March 31, 2005). |
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by Board January 28,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated
as of December 21, 2005 by and among American Reprographics
Company; American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., certain subsidiaries of American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C., or guarantors, and the lenders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003,
between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and General
Electric Capital Corporation and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P., as collateral agents (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.3 |
|
2004 Bonus Plan, dated March 24, 2004, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Legg (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.4 |
|
2005 Bonus Plan between American Reprographics Company and Mark
Legg.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.5 |
|
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option
Plan II, adopted effective as of January 1, 2001
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 1, 2003 to American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option Plan II
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.7 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.9 |
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Stock Option Grant
Notice Non-employee Directors (Discretionary
Non-statutory Stock Options) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on
December 16, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Non-employee
Directors Stock Option Agreement (Discretionary
Grants) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.11 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group,
L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings LA, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
55
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 934 and
940 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA, effective as of
August 2, 2005, by and between SUMO HOLDINGS LA, LLC,
Landlord and AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C. (formerly
known as FORD GRAPHICS GROUP, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005) |
|
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 17721
Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005,
by and between SUMO HOLDINGS IRVINE, LLC, Lessor and AMERICAN
REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C., Lessee (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC
(Oakland Property) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
(formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings
Sacramento, LLC (Sacramento Property) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 1322 V
Street, Sacramento, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005, by
and between SUMO HOLDINGS SACRAMENTO, LLC, Landlord and AMERICAN
REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C. (formerly known as FORD GRAPHICS
GROUP, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between
Leet-Melbrook, Inc. and Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC (as
successor lessor) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 18810
Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD, effective as of August 2,
2005, by and between SUMO HOLDINGS MARYLAND, LLC, Landlord and
LEET-MELBROOK, INC., Tenant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 2003, between American
Reprographics Company (dba Consolidated Reprographics) and
Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Management Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and CHS
Management IV LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Termination Agreement to Management Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and CHS Management IV LP (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A(Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar, Micro Device, Inc.,
Dietrich-Post Company, ZS Ford L.P., and ZS Ford L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
56
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.26 |
|
Investor Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 10,
2000, among American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C., Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.27 |
|
First Amendment to Investor Registration Rights Agreement, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Company, ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., CHS Associates IV,
Ms. Paige Walsh, Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., Stone Street
Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street Special Opportunities
Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.28 |
|
Warrant Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each of GS Mezzanine Partners
II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.29 |
|
First Amendment to Warrant Agreement, dated September 8,
2000, between American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each
of GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.30 |
|
Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.31 |
|
Termination Agreement of Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, among American Reprographics Holdings,
L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., GS Mezzanine
Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore,
L.P., Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street
Special Opportunities Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreements under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6,
2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.33 |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2005 Stock
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6,
2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.34 |
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.35 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.36 |
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan,
effective November 18, 2005.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.37 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.38 |
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar,
effective November 18, 2005.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.39 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Mark W. Legg
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
57
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.40 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.41 |
|
Agreement to Grant Stock dated effective December 7, 2004,
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.42 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005). |
|
|
10 |
.43 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Andrew W. Code
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.44 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Thomas J. Formolo
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.45 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Legg
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.46 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Manuel Perez de la
Mesa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.47 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of January 11, 2005
between American Reprographics Company and Edward D. Horowitz
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.48 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of March 3, 2005 between
American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Mealy (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrants
Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.49 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005). |
|
|
10 |
.50 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.51 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of February 2, 2006
between American Reprographics Company and Dewitt Kerry
McCluggage.* |
|
|
21 |
.1 |
|
List of Subsidiaries.* |
|
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
31 |
.1 |
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
|
31 |
.2 |
|
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
32 |
.1 |
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.* |
|
|
|
|
^ |
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement |
58
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ SATHIYAMURTHY CHANDRAMOHAN |
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Date: March 16, 2006
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities
indicated on March 16, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
/s/ SATHIYAMURTHY
CHANDRAMOHAN
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM
SURIYAKUMAR
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar |
|
President, Chief Operating Officer,
and Director |
|
|
/s/ MARK W. LEGG
Mark W. Legg |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
|
/s/ THOMAS J. FORMOLO
Thomas J. Formolo |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ EDWARD D. HOROWITZ
Edward D. Horowitz |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ DEWITT KERRY
MCCLUGGAGE
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ MARK W. MEALY
Mark W. Mealy |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ MANUEL PEREZ DE LA
MESA
Manuel Perez de la Mesa |
|
Director |
59
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
F-32 |
|
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
American Reprographics Company:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of American Reprographics Company and its
subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31, 2004
and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition,
in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the
accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with
the related consolidated financial statements. These financial
statements and the financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and the financial statement schedule based on our
audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Also, as discussed in
Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for its redeemable
preferred members equity upon adoption of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 150 effective
July 1, 2003.
|
|
|
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP |
Los Angeles, California
March 15, 2006
F-2
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except | |
|
|
share data) | |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
$ |
22,643 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$3,053 and $3,172, respectively
|
|
|
61,679 |
|
|
|
71,062 |
|
|
Inventories, net of inventory obsolescence of $321 and $430,
respectively
|
|
|
6,012 |
|
|
|
6,817 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,364 |
|
|
|
4,272 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
7,855 |
|
|
|
6,425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
90,736 |
|
|
|
111,219 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
35,023 |
|
|
|
45,773 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
231,357 |
|
|
|
245,271 |
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
12,095 |
|
|
|
21,387 |
|
Deferred financing costs, net
|
|
|
6,619 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,216 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
|
$ |
442,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$ |
21,170 |
|
|
$ |
20,811 |
|
|
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses
|
|
|
11,683 |
|
|
|
15,486 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
25,209 |
|
|
|
18,684 |
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases
|
|
|
10,276 |
|
|
|
20,441 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
68,338 |
|
|
|
75,422 |
|
Long-term debt and capital leases
|
|
|
310,557 |
|
|
|
253,371 |
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred membership units
|
|
|
27,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
5,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
412,343 |
|
|
|
328,793 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members deficit
|
|
|
(32,688 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 25,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2004 and 44,598,815 shares issued and
outstanding December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,825 |
|
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(2,527 |
) |
|
|
(1,903 |
) |
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,561 |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(35,009 |
) |
|
|
113,569 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
|
$ |
442,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) | |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
315,995 |
|
|
$ |
333,305 |
|
|
$ |
369,123 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
|
|
83,125 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
41,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
|
415,960 |
|
|
|
443,864 |
|
|
|
494,204 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
252,028 |
|
|
|
263,787 |
|
|
|
289,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
163,932 |
|
|
|
180,077 |
|
|
|
204,624 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
101,252 |
|
|
|
105,780 |
|
|
|
112,679 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
60,971 |
|
|
|
71,213 |
|
|
|
89,825 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
|
|
(26,722 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,344 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
|
38,068 |
|
|
|
54,140 |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
60,476 |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred
members equity
|
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shares
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
35,480,289 |
|
|
|
35,493,136 |
|
|
|
42,264,001 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
37,298,349 |
|
|
|
37,464,123 |
|
|
|
43,178,001 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Additional | |
|
|
|
|
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
Members | |
|
|
|
Par | |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Deferred | |
|
Retained | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Deficit | |
|
Shares | |
|
Value | |
|
Capital | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Earnings | |
|
Income | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
$ |
(60,248 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(834 |
) |
|
$ |
(61,082 |
) |
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
Reclassification to interest expense related to swap contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,565 |
|
Issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
Distribution to members
|
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
Accretion of noncash portion of yield on mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units
|
|
|
(858 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(858 |
) |
Amortization of discount on madatorily redeemable preferred
membership units
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
(59,193 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
(60,015 |
) |
Deferred stock-based compensation charge for options issued to
employees
|
|
|
3,074 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
Fair value adjustment of derivatives,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,576 |
|
Issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
Write-off of notes receivable from members related to common
membership units issued in 1998
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
Distribution to members
|
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
(32,688 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,527 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
(35,009 |
) |
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation for the period
from January 1 to February 9, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
Comprehensive income for the period January 1 to
February 9, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
1,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,914 |
|
|
Fair value adjustment of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,109 |
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
(8,244 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,244 |
) |
Reorganization from LLC to C Corporation
|
|
|
39,018 |
|
|
|
35,510,011 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
(39,053 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of
underwriting discounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,666,667 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
92,682 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,690 |
|
Issuance of common stock in exchange for warrants exercised upon
initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
754,476 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Direct costs of initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,916 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,916 |
) |
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation for the period
from February 10 to December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
563 |
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
362,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,576 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,576 |
|
Comprehensive income for the period from February 10, to
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,561 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,561 |
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment of derivatives , net of tax effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(359 |
) |
|
|
(359 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
44,598,815 |
|
|
$ |
44 |
|
|
$ |
56,825 |
|
|
$ |
(1,903 |
) |
|
$ |
58,561 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
$ |
113,569 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
3,553 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of yield on redeemable preferred member units
|
|
|
949 |
|
|
|
2,023 |
|
|
|
449 |
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
1,698 |
|
|
|
1,281 |
|
|
|
771 |
|
|
Reserve for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
Reserve for sales tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
18,228 |
|
|
|
17,035 |
|
|
|
17,045 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,559 |
|
|
|
1,964 |
|
|
|
1,660 |
|
|
Noncash interest expense
|
|
|
8,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
867 |
|
|
|
(24,815 |
) |
|
Write-off of unamortized debt discount
|
|
|
3,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
5,129 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
|
7,089 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of
business acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,802 |
|
|
|
(5,780 |
) |
|
|
(3,964 |
) |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
386 |
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
(3,133 |
) |
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(2,144 |
) |
|
|
12,357 |
|
|
|
(6,082 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
48,237 |
|
|
|
60,858 |
|
|
|
56,648 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(4,992 |
) |
|
|
(5,898 |
) |
|
|
(5,237 |
) |
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and
including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions
|
|
|
(3,116 |
) |
|
|
(4,654 |
) |
|
|
(22,380 |
) |
Other
|
|
|
(228 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(8,336 |
) |
|
|
(10,586 |
) |
|
|
(27,547 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting
discounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,690 |
|
Direct costs of initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,487 |
) |
Proceeds from stock option exercises
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
Redemption of preferred member units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,263 |
) |
Proceeds from borrowings under debt agreements
|
|
|
337,750 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
18,000 |
|
Payments on long-term debt under debt agreements
|
|
|
(375,613 |
) |
|
|
(48,400 |
) |
|
|
(97,212 |
) |
Payment of loan fees
|
|
|
(8,159 |
) |
|
|
(355 |
) |
|
|
(1,304 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
Member distributions and redemptions
|
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
(8,244 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(47,581 |
) |
|
|
(53,761 |
) |
|
|
(20,284 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(7,680 |
) |
|
|
(3,489 |
) |
|
|
8,817 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
24,995 |
|
|
|
17,315 |
|
|
|
13,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
$ |
22,643 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$ |
28,190 |
|
|
$ |
25,165 |
|
|
$ |
28,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
1,966 |
|
|
$ |
5,720 |
|
|
$ |
21,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash transactions include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of noncash portion of yield on preferred membership
units
|
|
$ |
858 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Amortization of discount on preferred membership units
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations incurred
|
|
$ |
4,443 |
|
|
$ |
7,413 |
|
|
$ |
19,403 |
|
|
Issuance of subordinated notes in connection with the
acquisition of businesses
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
915 |
|
|
$ |
10,293 |
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
$ |
(822 |
) |
|
$ |
1,028 |
|
|
$ |
(164 |
) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except dollars per share)
|
|
1. |
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION |
American Reprographics Company (ARC or the Company) is the
leading reprographics company in the United States providing
business-to-business
document management services to the architectural, engineering
and construction industry, or AEC industry. ARC also provides
these services to companies in non-AEC industries, such as
technology, financial services, retail, entertainment, and food
and hospitality, that also require sophisticated document
management services. The Company conducts its operations through
its wholly-owned operating subsidiary, American Reprographics
Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company (Opco),
and its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
Reorganization and Initial Public Offering |
Prior to the consummation of the Companys initial public
offering on February 9, 2005, the Company was reorganized
(the Reorganization) from a California limited liability company
(American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. or Holdings) to a
Delaware corporation (American Reprographics Company). In
connection with the Reorganization, the members of Holdings
exchanged their common member units for common stock of the
Company. Each option issued to purchase Holdings common
member units under Holdings equity option plan was
exchanged for an option exercisable for shares of ARCs
common stock with the same exercise prices and vesting terms as
the original grants. In addition, all outstanding warrants to
purchase common units of Holdings were exchanged for shares of
ARCs common stock.
On February 9, 2005, the Company closed an initial public
offering (IPO) of its common stock consisting of
13,350,000 shares at $13.00 per share. Of these shares
7,666,667 were newly issued shares sold by the Company and
5,683,333 were outstanding shares sold by shareholders. The
Company used net proceeds from its IPO to prepay
$50.7 million of its $225 million senior second
priority secured term loan facility and $9 million of its
$100 million senior first priority secured term loan
facility. As required by the operating agreement of Holdings,
the Company also repurchased all of the preferred equity of
Holdings upon the closing of the Companys initial public
offering with $28.3 million of the net proceeds from the
IPO.
Due to their tax attributes, certain members of Holdings have in
the past elected to receive less than their proportionate share
of distributions for income taxes as a result of a difference in
the tax basis of their equity interest in Holdings. In
accordance with the terms of the operating agreement of
Holdings, the Company made a cash distribution of
$8.2 million to such members on February 9, 2005 in
connection with the consummation of its IPO to bring their
proportionate share of tax distributions equal to the rest of
the members of Holdings. These distributions have been
reclassified into additional paid-in capital in the
Companys consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2005 in connection with the Reorganization in
February 2005.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions for the
periods presented have been eliminated in consolidation. In
managements opinion, the consolidated financial statements
presented herein reflect all adjustments of a normal and
recurring nature that are necessary to fairly present the
consolidated financial statements.
|
|
2. |
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
Cash equivalents include demand deposits and short-term
investments with a maturity of three months or less when
purchased.
F-7
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks
located throughout the United States, which at times, may exceed
federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any
significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.
|
|
|
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant
Vendors |
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables
are limited due to a large, diverse customer base. No individual
customer represented more than 2% of net sales during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the
financial condition of its customers, monitors collections and
payments from customers, and generally does not require
collateral. Receivables are generally due within 30 days.
The Company provides for the possible inability to collect
accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful
accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is
considered to be uncollectible. The Company estimates its
allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience,
aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the
creditworthiness of its customers. To date, losses have been
within the range of managements expectations.
The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are
a limited number of suppliers that could supply the
Companys inventory, management believes any shortfalls
from existing suppliers would be absorbed from other suppliers
on comparable terms. However, a change in suppliers could cause
a delay in sales and adversely effect results.
Purchases from the Companys three largest vendors during
the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 comprised
approximately 51%, 54%, and 48%, respectively, of the
Companys total purchases of inventory and supplies.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally
determined on a
first-in, first-out
basis) or market. Inventories primarily consist of reprographics
materials for use and resale and equipment for resale. On an
ongoing basis, inventories are reviewed and written down for
estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventories equal to the
difference between the cost of inventories and the estimated net
realizable value. Charges to increase inventory reserves are
recorded as an increase in cost of goods sold. Estimated
inventory obsolescence has been provided for in the financial
statements and has been within the range of managements
expectations. As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, the
reserves for inventory obsolescence amounted to $321 and $430,
respectively.
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful
lives, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
10-20 years |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-7 years |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3-7 years |
|
Assets acquired under capital lease arrangements are recorded at
the present value of the minimum lease payments and are
amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the
asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Such
amortization expense is included in depreciation expense.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line
method over the shorter of the lease terms or the useful lives
of the improvements. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and
F-8
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
betterments are capitalized. Gains or losses on the sale or
disposal of property and equipment are reflected in operating
income.
The Company accounts for computer software costs developed for
internal use in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1
(SOP 98-1), Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, which
requires companies to capitalize certain qualifying costs
incurred during the application development stage of the related
software development project. The primary use of this software
is for internal use and, accordingly, such capitalized software
development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the economic lives of the related products not to exceed three
years. The Companys machinery and equipment (see
Note 3) include $4,574, $4,041 and $3,984 of capitalized
software development costs as of December 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of
$2,519, $4,638 and $6,852 as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005, respectively. Depreciation expense includes the
amortization of capitalized software development costs which
amounted to $1,763, $2,120 and $2,214 during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
In August 2002, the Company decided to license internally
developed software for use by third party reprographics
companies. In accordance with SOP 98-1, the Company applies
the net revenues from certain of its software licensing activity
to reduce the carrying amount of the capitalized software costs.
Software licensing revenues which have been offset against the
carrying amount of capitalized software costs amounted to $98,
$159 and $232 during the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively.
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets |
The Company periodically assesses potential impairments of its
long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-lived Assets. An impairment review is
performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.
Factors considered by the Company include, but are not limited
to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical
or projected future operating results; significant changes in
the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the
overall business; and significant negative industry or economic
trends. When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above
indicators of impairment, the Company estimates the future
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the
asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected
future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less
than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an
impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount
by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value
of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or
discounted cash flows, if not. To date, the Company has not
recognized an impairment charge related to the write-down of
long-lived assets.
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which
requires, among other things, the use of a nonamortization
approach for purchased goodwill and certain intangibles. Under a
nonamortization approach, goodwill and intangibles having an
indefinite life are not amortized, but instead will be reviewed
for impairment at least annually or if an event occurs or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired.
Events or circumstances which could indicate an impairment
include a significant change in the business climate, economic
and industry trends, legal factors, negative operating
performance indicators, significant competition, changes in
strategy or disposition of a reporting unit or a portion
thereof. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the
reporting unit level.
SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment
using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill
impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares
the fair value of a reporting unit
F-9
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value
of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the
reporting unit is not considered to be impaired and the second
step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying
amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second
step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed to
measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step
of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value
of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that
goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in
the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a
business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting
unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill,
an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that
excess.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment,
including the identification of reporting units, assignment of
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of
goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value
of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is
estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology. This
requires significant judgments including estimation of future
cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation
of the long-term rate of growth of the Companys business,
the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and
determination of the Companys weighted average cost of
capital. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could
materially affect the determination of fair value and/or
goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.
In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company completed the
first step of the transitional goodwill impairment test during
May 2002 and the annual impairment test in September 2002 and
determined based on such tests that no impairment of goodwill
was indicated. The Company has selected September 30 as the
date on which it will perform its annual goodwill impairment
test. Based on the Companys valuation of goodwill, no
impairment charges related to the write-down of goodwill were
recognized for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005.
Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill related to businesses
purchased was amortized on a straight-line basis over
40 years.
In connection with its acquisitions subsequent to July 1,
2001, the Company has applied the provisions of
SFAS No. 141 Business Combinations, using
the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities
assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values. The excess
purchase price over those fair values was recorded as goodwill
and other intangible assets.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from
December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2005 are
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
|
| |
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
231,357 |
|
Additions
|
|
|
13,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
245,271 |
|
|
|
|
|
The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over
fair value of net assets acquired, adjustments to acquisition
costs and certain earnout payments. See Note 2.
Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives are
amortized over their useful lives. An impaired asset is written
down to fair value. Intangible assets with finite useful lives
consist primarily of
not-to-compete
covenants, trade names, and customer relationships and are
amortized over the expected period of benefit which ranges from
two to twenty years using the straight-line and accelerated
methods. Customer relationships are amortized under an
accelerated method which reflects the related customer attrition
rates and trade names are amortized using the straight-line
method. At December 31, 2004 and 2005, customer
relationships and the related accumulated amortization consist
of $14,880 and $25,588, and $4,297 and $6,241, respectively.
Trade names and the related accumulated amortization consist of
$1,739 and $2,369, and $227 and $329 at
F-10
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Amortization
expense related to intangible assets for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was $1,709, $1,695, and
$2,079, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense of other intangible
assets as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
2,632 |
|
2007
|
|
|
2,417 |
|
2008
|
|
|
2,100 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,911 |
|
2010
|
|
|
1,732 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
10,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,387 |
|
|
|
|
|
Direct costs incurred in connection with indebtedness agreements
are capitalized as incurred and amortized on a straight line
basis over the term of the related indebtedness, which
approximates the effective interest method. At December 31,
2004 and 2005, the Company has deferred financing costs of
$6,619 and $923, respectively, net of accumulated amortization
of $2,072 and $7, respectively. As discussed further in
Note 4, the Company wrote-off $6,318 of deferred financing
costs in 2003 as a result of the refinancing of the
Companys credit facilities in December 2003. Approximately
$1,189 of deferred financing costs written-off were incurred
during 2003. In addition, during 2004, the Company accelerated
the repayment of debt under its 2003 Senior Credit Facility as
discussed in Note 4. As a result, the Company wrote-off
$590 of deferred financing costs during 2004. In December 2005,
the Company wrote off $5,407 of its remaining deferred financing
costs as a result of the refinancing of the Companys
credit facilities on December 21, 2005.
|
|
|
Derivative Financial Instruments |
In 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (SFAS No. 133), and its related
amendments. As a result of the adoption of
SFAS No. 133, the Company recognizes all derivative
financial instruments, such as its interest rate swap contracts,
as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated financial
statements at fair value.
The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., unrealized
gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether
it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging
relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.
Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value
through current earnings.
The Company enters into interest rate swaps to manage its
exposure to changes in interest rates. Interest rate swaps also
allow the Company to raise funds at floating rates and
effectively swap them into fixed rates. These agreements involve
the exchange of floating-rate for fixed-rate payments without
the exchange of the underlying principal amount.
During 2003, the Company recorded an interest benefit of $3,954
based on the improvement in the market value of the interest
rate swap agreements as compared to the prior year, net of $834
of amortization of the original transition adjustment. The
agreements expired in September 2003.
In September 2003, the Company entered into a new interest rate
swap agreement with an initial notional amount of $111,160.
Under the terms of this swap agreement, the Company pays a fixed
rate of 2.29% and receives a variable rate on the notional
amount equal to the Eurodollar rate. The swap agreement provides
for a quarterly reduction of $1,863 in the notional amount of
the swap starting in October 2003 until July 2005,
F-11
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
when the notional amount of the swap will be reduced to $95,988
until its expiration in September 2005. Because this swap
agreement has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge
under SFAS No. 133, the Company has recorded the fair
value of this swap agreement in Accrued expenses in
the Companys consolidated balance sheet with a
corresponding adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss) as
of and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. This
swap agreement had a negative fair value of $822 and a positive
fair value of $386 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. The counterparty to this interest rate swap is a
financial institution with a high credit rating. Management does
not believe that there is a significant risk of nonperformance
by the counterparty. The interest rate swap expired during the
year ended December 31, 2005. For the year ended
December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company determined that its
interest rate swap qualified as an effective hedge as defined by
SFAS 133.
In January 2004, the Company entered into two interest rate
collar agreements, referred to as the front-end and the back-end
interest rate collar agreements. The front-end interest rate
collar agreement has an initial notional amount of $22,566 which
is increased quarterly to reflect reductions in the notional
amount of our interest rate swap agreement, such that the
notional amount of the swap agreement, together with the
notional amount of the front-end interest rate collar agreement,
remains not less than 40% of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding on our 2003 Senior Credit Facility. The front-end
interest rate collar agreement expired in September 2005. The
back-end interest rate collar agreement became effective upon
expiration of the swap agreement and front-end interest rate
collar agreement in September 2005 and has a fixed notional
amount of $111,000. The back-end interest rate collar agreement
expires in December 2006. At December 31, 2005, the fair
value of the back-end interest rate collar agreement was $42 and
is recorded in Accrued expenses in the
Companys consolidated balance sheet.
|
|
|
Adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
No. 150 |
Effective July 1, 2003, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and
Equity. This statement establishes standards for
classifying and measuring as liabilities certain financial
instruments that embody obligations of the issuer and have
characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The scope of
this pronouncement includes mandatorily redeemable equity
instruments.
Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 150, the Companys
mandatorily redeemable preferred membership units (the Preferred
Units) $27,814 as of December 31, 2004 have been classified
as long-term liabilities in the Companys consolidated
balance sheet as they are redeemable at a fixed and determinable
date (upon or after the earlier of the occurrence of a qualified
IPO or April 10, 2010). Dividends and accretion related to
the Preferred Units, which previously had been recorded below
net income as a charge in determining net income available to
common shares have been charged to interest expense in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations since adoption
of this standard on July 1, 2003 and amounted to $3,878 and
$449 during the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. In accordance with SFAS No. 150,
dividends and accretion related to the mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units recorded prior to July 1, 2003
have not been reclassified to interest expense. Prior to the
adoption of SFAS 150, dividends paid on the Preferred Units
were accounted for as a direct reduction to members
equity, and the Preferred Units were presented between
liabilities and members deficit in the Companys
consolidated balance sheet. As discussed in
Note 12 Initial Public Offering and
Reorganization, the Company redeemed all of the Preferred
Units on February 9, 2005 in connection with the
consummation of its initial public offering (IPO). The
redemption price amounted to $28,263 based on the Preferred
Units Liquidation Value at the IPO date.
F-12
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
Fair Values of Financial Instruments |
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company
in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments for
disclosure purposes:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported
in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate
their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity
of these instruments.
Short- and long-term debt (excluding the Holdings and Opco
Notes): The carrying amounts of the Companys
borrowings reported in the consolidated balance sheets
approximate their fair value based on the Companys current
incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing
arrangements or since the floating rates change with market
conditions.
Interest rate swap and collar agreements: The fair values
of the interest rate swap and collar agreements, as previously
disclosed, are the amounts at which they could be settled based
on estimated market rates.
We are self-insured for a significant portion of our risks and
associated liabilities with respect to workers
compensation. The accrued liabilities associated with this
program is based on our estimate of the ultimate costs to settle
known claims as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to
us (IBNR Claims) as of the balance sheet date. Our
estimated liability is not discounted and is based on
information provided by our insurance brokers and insurers,
combined with our judgments regarding a number of assumptions
and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims,
claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable
legislation and our claims settlement practices.
The Company applies the provisions of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements, which provides guidance on the recognition,
presentation and disclosure of revenue in financial statements
filed with the SEC. SAB No. 104 outlines the basic
criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides
guidance for disclosure related to revenue recognition policies.
In general, the Company recognizes revenue when
(i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii) shipment of products has occurred or services have
been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or
determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
The Company recognizes revenues from reprographics and
facilities management services when services have been rendered
while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and
equipment are recognized upon shipment.
The Company has established contractual pricing for certain
large national customer accounts (Premier Accounts). These
contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all branches
for Premier Accounts. Revenues earned from the Companys
Premier Accounts are recognized in the same manner as
non-Premier Account revenues and the Company has no additional
performance obligations.
Included in revenues are fees charged to customers for shipping,
handling and delivery services. Such revenues amounted to
$23,060, $25,462 and $29,553 for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
Revenues from software licensing activities are recognized over
the term of the license. Revenues from membership fees are
recognized over the term of the membership agreement. Revenues
from software licensing activities and membership revenues
comprise less than 1% of the Companys consolidated
revenues during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005.
F-13
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based
on historic experience and adjusts such allowances as considered
necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the range
of managements expectations.
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income, establishes guidelines for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in financial
statements. Comprehensive income generally represents all
changes in members equity (deficit), except those
resulting from investments by or distributions to members. The
Companys comprehensive income includes the change in fair
value of derivative instruments and is included in the
consolidated statement of stockholders equity and comprehensive
income.
|
|
|
Segment and Geographic Reporting |
The provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,
require public companies to report financial and descriptive
information about their reportable operating segments. The
Company identifies reportable segments based on how management
internally evaluates separate financial information, business
activities and management responsibility. On that basis and
based on operating segments that have similar economic
characteristics, products and services and class of customers
which have been aggregated, the Company operates as a single
reportable business segment.
The Company recognizes revenues in geographic areas based on the
location to which the product was shipped or services have been
rendered. Operations outside the United States of America have
been immaterial to date.
The following summary presents the Companys revenues for
each of the Companys significant products and service
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
315,227 |
|
|
$ |
332,004 |
|
|
$ |
367,517 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
|
|
83,125 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
41,956 |
|
Software licenses and membership fees
|
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
1,301 |
|
|
|
1,606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
415,960 |
|
|
$ |
443,864 |
|
|
$ |
494,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising and Shipping and Handling Costs |
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and approximated
$1,807, $2,239 and $2,773 during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Shipping
and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in cost
of sales.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying
enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to the
difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and
the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on
deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income
in the period that includes the enactment date. Income tax
benefits credited to stockholders equity relate to tax
benefits associated with amounts that are deductible for income
purposes but do not impact net income. These benefits are
principally generated from employee exercises of non-qualified
stock options.
F-14
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
The Company accounts for grants of options to purchase its
common stock to key personnel in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25
Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock
Compensation. In December 2002, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure,
effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.
SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide
alternative methods of transition to the fair value method of
accounting for stock-based employee compensation.
SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of
SFAS No. 123 to require disclosure in the summary of
significant accounting policies of the effects of an
entitys accounting policy with respect to stock-based
employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per
share in annual and interim financial statements.
SFAS No. 148 does not amend SFAS No. 123 to
require companies to account for their employee stock-based
awards using the fair value method. The disclosure provisions
are required, however, for all companies with stock-based
employee compensation, regardless of whether they utilize the
fair value method of accounting described in
SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method described
in APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees.
The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 148 effective January 1, 2003. The
adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on
the Companys financial condition or operating results.
The Company accounts for grants of options to employees to
purchase its common stock using the intrinsic value method in
accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 and
FIN No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions
Involving Stock Compensation. As permitted by
SFAS No. 123 and as amended by SFAS No. 148,
the Company has chosen to continue to account for such option
grants under APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the expanded
disclosures specified in SFAS No. 123, as amended by
SFAS No. 148.
F-15
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Had compensation cost for the Companys option grants been
determined based on their fair value at the grant date for
awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123,
the Companys net income per common share for the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 would have been
decreased to the adjusted pro forma amounts indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income attributed to common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
$ |
60,476 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost included in as reported
net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost that would have been
included in the determination of net income attributed to common
shares if the fair value method had been applied
|
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
(727 |
) |
|
|
(953 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
1,598 |
|
|
$ |
29,368 |
|
|
$ |
60,147 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, included in as reported net income attributed to common
shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, that would have been included in the determination of
net income attributed to common shares if the fair value method
had been applied
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, included in as reported net income attributed to common
shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, that would have been included in the determination of
net income attributed to common shares if the fair value method
had been applied
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
$ |
1.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of computing the pro forma disclosures required by
SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option granted to
employees and directors is estimated using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005: dividend yields of 0% for all periods; expected volatility
of 0%, 36% and 28.3%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of
2.6%, 2.9% and 3.8%, respectively; and expected lives of
2.0 years, 2.5 years and 6.0 years, respectively.
Prior to the one-year period preceding the anticipated initial
public offering, the Company used the minimum value method to
determine fair value of option grants.
F-16
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
Research and development expenses |
Research and development activities relate to the development of
software primarily for internal use. Costs incurred for research
and development are comprised of a) amounts capitalized in
accordance with SOP 98-1 as discussed in Property and
Equipment in Note 1, and b) amounts which are
expensed as incurred. Cash outlays for research and development
which include both capitalized and expensed items amounted to
$2,775, $2,514, and $2,902 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, of which $874, $769 and
$977 were expensed as incurred during 2003, 2004, and 2005,
respectively.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with
SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. Basic
earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted
earnings per common share is computed similar to basic earnings
per share except that the denominator is increased to include
the number of additional common shares that would have been
outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and
if the additional common shares were dilutive. Common share
equivalents are excluded from the computation if their effect is
anti-dilutive. There are no common share equivalents excluded
for antidilutive effects for the periods presented below. The
Companys common share equivalents consist of stock options
issued under the Companys Stock Option Plan as well as
warrants to purchase common shares issued during 2000 to certain
creditors of the Company as discussed further in the long-term
debt section (Note 4).
Basic and diluted earnings per common share were calculated
using the following units for the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
35,480,289 |
|
|
|
35,493,136 |
|
|
|
42,264,001 |
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
985,991 |
|
|
|
1,138,918 |
|
|
|
833,579 |
|
Effect of dilutive warrants
|
|
|
832,069 |
|
|
|
832,069 |
|
|
|
80,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
37,298,349 |
|
|
|
37,464,123 |
|
|
|
43,178,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Accounting Pronouncements |
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4.
SFAS No. 151 requires that abnormal amounts of idle
facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials
(spoilage) be recorded as current period charges and that
the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory be
based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
SFAS No. 151 is effective for the Company on
January 1, 2006. The Company has concluded that
SFAS No. 151 will not have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised
2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R),
which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-based Compensation, (SFAS 123) and
F-17
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
supercedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees. SFAS 123R requires all
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements
based on their grant date fair values. The provisions of
SFAS 123R, as supplemented by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 107, Share-Based Payment, are effective no
later than the beginning of the next fiscal year that begins
after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt the new
requirements using the modified prospective transition method in
the first quarter of fiscal 2006, and as a result, will not
retroactively adjust results from prior periods. Under this
transition method, compensation expense associated with stock
options recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 will
include: 1) expense related to the remaining unvested portion of
all stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006,
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with
the original provisions of SFAS No. 123; and 2)
expense related to all stock option awards granted subsequent to
January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123R. The Company will apply the
Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of
share-based payments to employees, which will then be amortized
on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The
Company is currently assessing the provisions of SFAS 123
and the impact that it will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB
Opinion No. 29. SFAS No. 153 is based on
the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be
measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, provided an exception to its basic
measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar
productive assets. Under APB Opinion No. 29, an exchange of
a productive asset for a similar productive asset was based on
the recorded amount of the asset relinquished.
SFAS No. 153 eliminates this exception and replaces it
with an exception of exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not
have commercial substance. The Company has concluded that
SFAS No. 153 will not have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In March 2005, the FASB issued FIN 47, Accounting for
Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an
interpretation of SFAS 143. This statement clarified the
term conditional asset retirement obligation and is effective
for the Companys fourth quarter ending December 31,
2005. Adoption of FIN 47 did not have an impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In September 2005, the EITF amended and ratified previous
consensus on EITF No. 05-6, Determining the
Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after
Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination
which addresses the amortization period for leasehold
improvements in operating leases that are either placed in
service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the
beginning of the initial lease term or acquired in a business
combination. This consensus applies to leasehold improvements
that are purchased or acquired in reporting periods beginning
after ratification. Adoption of the provisions of EITF
No. 05-6 did not have an impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In May 2005, the FASB issued FAS 154, which changes the
requirements for the accounting and reporting of a change in
accounting principle. FAS 154 eliminates the requirement to
include the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle
in the income statement and instead requires that changes in
accounting principle be retroactively applied. FAS 154 is
effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made
on or after January 1, 2006, with early adoption permitted.
The Company began applying the provisions of this statement
during the fourth quarter of 2005.
During 2003, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of
four reprographics companies in the United States. In addition,
the Company also acquired certain assets of a reprographics
company in bankruptcy. The aggregate purchase price of such
acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to
approximately $870, which the Company paid in cash.
F-18
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
During 2004, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of
six reprographics companies in the United States. The aggregate
purchase price of such acquisitions, including related
acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $3,740, for which
the Company paid $2,825 in cash and issued $915 of notes payable
to the former owners of the acquired companies.
During 2005, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of
14 reprographics companies in the United States. The aggregate
purchase price of such acquisitions, including related
acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $32,080, for which
the Company paid $21,786 in cash and issued $10,293 of notes
payable to the former owners of the acquired companies.
The results of operations of the companies acquired during the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 have been
included in the consolidated financial statements from their
respective dates of acquisition. Such acquisitions were
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and,
accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities
have been recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates
of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the net assets
acquired has been allocated to goodwill and other intangible
assets. For income tax purposes, $217, $1,912 and $21,069 of
goodwill resulting from acquisitions completed during the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, are
amortized over a
15-year period.
The assets and liabilities of the entities acquired during each
period are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Purchase price
|
|
$ |
3,740 |
|
|
$ |
32,080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
1,235 |
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
|
5,767 |
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
1,476 |
|
|
|
2,735 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
12,287 |
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
|
2,568 |
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
316 |
|
|
|
1,594 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
1,761 |
|
|
|
7,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess purchase price over net tangible assets acquired
|
|
$ |
1,979 |
|
|
$ |
24,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
$ |
1,049 |
|
|
$ |
10,780 |
|
|
Trade names
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
630 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
13,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,979 |
|
|
$ |
24,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Customer relationships and trade names acquired are amortized
over their estimated useful lives of thirteen and twenty years
using accelerated (based on customer attrition rates) and
straight-line methods, respectively.
The following summary presents the Companys unaudited pro
forma results, as if the acquisitions had been completed at the
beginning of each year presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
430,130 |
|
|
$ |
450,906 |
|
|
$ |
524,630 |
|
Net income attributable to common equity
|
|
$ |
2,286 |
|
|
$ |
29,813 |
|
|
$ |
69,022 |
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.84 |
|
|
$ |
1.63 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.80 |
|
|
$ |
1.60 |
|
The above pro forma information is presented for comparative
purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what actually
would have occurred had the acquisitions been completed as of
the beginning of each period presented, nor are they necessarily
indicative of future consolidated results.
Certain acquisition agreements entered into by the Company
contain earnout agreements which provide for additional
consideration (Earnout Payments) to be paid if the acquired
entitys results of operations exceed certain targeted
levels measured on an annual basis generally from four to five
years after the acquisition. Targeted levels are generally set
above the historical experience of the acquired entity at the
time of acquisition. Earnout Payments are recorded as additional
purchase price and are to be paid annually in cash. Accrued
expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets include
$222 and $458 of Earnout Payments payable as of
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, to former owners
of acquired companies based on the earnings of acquired
entities. The increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2004
and 2005 as a result of the accrued earnouts was $222 and $458,
respectively.
The earnout provisions generally contain limits on the amount of
Earnout Payments that may be payable over the term of the
agreement. The Companys estimate of the aggregate amount
of additional consideration that may be payable over the terms
of the earnout agreements subsequent to December 31, 2005
is approximately $1,516.
In accordance with FAS 141, the Company made certain
adjustments to goodwill as a result of changes to the purchase
price of acquired entities, during the one year period
subsequent to the acquisition. The net increase to goodwill as
of December 31, 2004 and 2005 as a result of purchase price
adjustments was $1,232 and $58, respectively.
|
|
4. |
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT |
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Machinery and equipment
|
|
$ |
82,796 |
|
|
$ |
119,335 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
15,463 |
|
|
|
17,700 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3,417 |
|
|
|
4,998 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,676 |
|
|
|
142,033 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(66,653 |
) |
|
|
(96,260 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,023 |
|
|
$ |
45,773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority
Revolving Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(8.25% interest rate at December 31, 2005); any unpaid
principal and interest due December 18, 2008
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority Term
Loan Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(5.26% and 7.25% interest rate at December 31, 2004 and
2005, respectively); principal payable in varying quarterly
installments; any unpaid principal and interest due
June 18, 2009
|
|
|
94,800 |
|
|
|
230,423 |
|
Borrowings from senior secured Second Priority Term
Loan Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(8.92% and 10.64% interest rate at December 31, 2004 and
2005, respectively); any unpaid principal and interest due
December 18, 2009
|
|
|
208,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
Various subordinated notes payable; interest ranging from 5% to
8%; principal and interest payable monthly through January 2010
|
|
|
4,833 |
|
|
|
11,262 |
|
Various capital leases; interest rates ranging to 15.9%;
principal and interest payable monthly through September 2010
|
|
|
14,688 |
|
|
|
27,127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,552 |
|
|
|
273,812 |
|
Less debt discount on Second Priority Credit Facility
|
|
|
(1,719 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
320,833 |
|
|
|
273,812 |
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(10,276 |
) |
|
|
(20,441 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
310,557 |
|
|
$ |
253,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2000, the Company received $54,412 and $38,088 in gross
cash proceeds from the issuance of senior subordinated Opco
Notes (the Opco Notes) and senior subordinated Holdings Notes
(the Holdings Notes, and collectively with the Opco Notes, the
Notes), respectively. Concurrent with the issuance of the Notes,
the Company granted the holders of the Notes warrants to
purchase up to an aggregate of 1,168,842 common units of the
Company. Such warrants (the Warrants) are exercisable at any
time subsequent to the grant date at an exercise price of
$4.61 per warrant. The estimated aggregate fair value of
the Warrants was $1,039 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model based on the following assumptions: expected volatility of
15%, risk-free interest rate of 6%, and an expected life of
10 years. The fair value of the Warrants was recorded as a
discount on the related Notes and was being amortized as
interest expense over the term of the Notes. As a result of the
debt refinancing completed by the Company in December 2003 (as
discussed further below), the Company wrote off $616 of
unamortized discount on the Warrants in December 2003. As
discussed in Note 12 Initial Public
Offering and Reorganization, all of the Warrants were
exchanged for common stock in connection with the Companys
initial public offering which was consummated on
February 9, 2005.
Interest on the Holdings Notes accreted monthly based on an
accretion schedule specified in the Holdings Notes agreement and
was added to the outstanding principal balance of the Holdings
Notes (the Accreted Value) until April 2005. The effective
interest rate on the Holdings Notes during its entire nine-year
term through April 2009 was approximately 19.6%. The difference
between the Accreted Value and the carrying amount of the
Holdings Notes represented a discount (the Accretion Discount)
which was amortized
F-21
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
over the nine-year term of the Holdings Notes using the
effective interest method. The Holdings Notes were repaid in
December 2003 in connection with the Companys refinancing
of its borrowings discussed below.
In December 2003, the Company refinanced its borrowings under
its then existing senior credit facilities, by entering into a
new credit agreement with a group of financial institutions
which provides the Company a $355,000 Senior Secured Credit
Facility (the 2003 Senior Credit Facility). Such credit facility
is comprised of a $130,000 First Priority Facility (consisting
of a $30,000 Senior Revolving Credit Facility and a $100,000
Senior Term Loan Credit Facility) and a $225,000 Second
Priority Facility.
In December 2005, the Company refinanced its borrowings under
its then existing senior credit facilities, by entering into a
new credit agreement with a group of financial institutions
which provides the Company a $310,600 Senior Secured Credit
Facility. Such credit facility is comprised of a $280,600 term
loan facility and a $30,000 revolving credit facility.
As a result of the debt refinancing completed in December 2003
and 2005, the Company recorded a $14,921 loss and a $9,344 loss,
respectively, on early debt extinguishment, comprised of the
following: a) the write-off of $6,318 and $5,406,
respectively, in capitalized loan fees related to the
Companys credit facilities existing prior to the debt
refinancing; b) $4,728 and $3,938, respectively, in early
redemption premiums related to the Notes paid by the Company
upon completion of the debt refinancing; and c) the write
off of $3,875 and $0, respectively, in unamortized discounts
related to the Warrants and the Accretion Discount.
Interest on borrowings under the First Priority Revolving Credit
Facility was at either (i) a Eurodollar rate plus a margin
(the Applicable Margin) that ranges from 2% to 2.75% per
annum, depending on the Companys Leverage Ratio, as
defined, or (ii) an Index Rate, as defined, plus the
Applicable Margin less 1% per annum. The First Priority
Revolving Credit Facility is also subject to a commitment fee
equal to 0.50% of the average daily unused portion of such
revolving facility. Borrowings under the First Priority Term
Loan Facility bear interest at either (i) a Eurodollar
rate plus 3% per annum, or (ii) an Index Rate, as
defined, plus 2% per annum.
Borrowings under the Second Priority Facility bear interest at
either (i) a Eurodollar rate, subject to a Eurodollar rate
minimum of 1.75% per annum, plus a margin of either 6.875%
or 7.875% per annum, depending on the Companys
Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, or
(ii) a Base Rate, as defined in the credit agreement, plus
a margin of either 5.875% or 6.875% per annum, depending on
the Companys Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit
agreement.
Under the terms of the 2003 Senior Credit Facility, the Company
is subject to mandatory principal prepayments equal to 75% of
Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as defined, starting during the
year ended December 31, 2004, or up to 75% of the net
proceeds of equity offerings. Mandatory prepayments from such
sources (the Permitted Payments) are applied first to the Second
Priority Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $67,500,
with any excess above $67,500 applied to the First Priority
Facility. During 2004, the Company made mandatory principal
prepayments on its Second Priority Credit Facility in an
aggregate amount of $16,769 based on 75% of its Consolidated
Excess Cash Flow, as defined, during the year ended
December 31, 2004. Mandatory principal prepayments are also
required equal to 100% of the net proceeds from asset sales and
insurance proceeds that each exceed $5 million in
aggregate, as well as 100% of net proceeds from new debt
offerings. Mandatory prepayments from such sources are applied
to the First Priority Facility until it is fully paid, followed
by the Second Priority Facility. With the exception of Permitted
Payments as discussed above, prepayments on the Second Priority
Facility carry a penalty during the first three years of its
term equal to a percentage of the prepayment, as follows: Year
1 11%; Year 2 7.5%; and Year
3 2.5%.
Borrowings under the 2003 and 2005 Senior Credit Facilities are
secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The
Senior Credit Facility also contains restrictive covenants
which, among other things, provide limitations on capital
expenditures, and restrictions on indebtedness and distributions
to the
F-22
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Companys equity holders. Additionally, the Company is
required to meet debt covenants based on certain financial ratio
thresholds applicable to the First and Second Priority
Facilities, as follows with ratio thresholds as of
December 31, 2005: (i) First Priority
Facility Interest Coverage Ratio not lower than
1.70, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not lower than 1.10, Leverage
Ratio not higher than 3.50, and First Priority Senior Debt
Leverage Ratio not higher than 1.65, each as defined; and
(ii) Second Priority Facility Leverage Ratio
not higher than 5.30, as defined. The Company is in compliance
with all such covenants as of December 31, 2005.
Minimum future maturities of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term | |
|
Capital Lease | |
|
|
Debt | |
|
Obligations | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
10,756 |
|
|
$ |
11,904 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
4,423 |
|
|
|
9,604 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
115,522 |
|
|
|
6,162 |
|
|
2009
|
|
|
114,495 |
|
|
|
2,337 |
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,369 |
|
|
|
1,020 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
246,685 |
|
|
|
31,189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,062 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
27,127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A portion of the Companys business was operated as a
limited liability company (LLC), taxed as a partnership. As a
result, the members of the LLC pay the income taxes on the
earnings, not the LLC. Accordingly, no income taxes have been
provided on these earnings. The LLC had book income of $370,
$19,212 and $384 during the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively, which are not subject to tax at the
LLC level.
F-23
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
As discussed in Note 1, the Company was reorganized from a
California limited liability company to a Delaware corporation
immediately prior to the consummation of its initial public
offering on February 9, 2005. The following table includes
the consolidated provision for income taxes related to that
portion of the Companys business not operated as an LLC
prior to the Reorganization in February 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
1,562 |
|
|
$ |
6,079 |
|
|
$ |
14,401 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
947 |
|
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
|
4,078 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,509 |
|
|
|
7,653 |
|
|
|
18,479 |
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
1,411 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
(21,713 |
) |
|
State
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
557 |
|
|
|
(3,102 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
867 |
|
|
|
(24,815 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
Deferred income tax benefit as a result of the Reorganization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision excluding effects of Reorganization
|
|
$ |
4,131 |
|
|
$ |
8,520 |
|
|
$ |
21,365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Current portion of deferred tax assets (liabilities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statement accruals not currently deductible
|
|
$ |
1,206 |
|
|
$ |
3,538 |
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
734 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
1,364 |
|
|
|
4,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current portion of deferred tax assets and (liabilities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of income tax basis over net book value of intangible
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,612 |
|
|
Excess of income tax basis over net book value of property,
plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,993 |
|
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
Excess of net book value over income tax basis of intangible
assets
|
|
|
(3,981 |
) |
|
|
(17,753 |
) |
|
Excess of net book value over income tax basis of property,
plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1,653 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
|
(5,634 |
) |
|
|
16,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$ |
(4,270 |
) |
|
$ |
20,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the
Companys effective tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
State taxes
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Income of the LLC not taxed at the LLC level
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring income tax benefit due to reorganization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
54 |
% |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
(12 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible other items include meals and entertainment,
certain acquisition costs and other items that, individually,
are not significant.
|
|
7. |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
The Company leases machinery, equipment, and office and
operational facilities under noncancelable operating lease
agreements. Certain lease agreements for the Companys
facilities generally contain renewal options and provide for
annual increases in rent based on the local Consumer Price
Index. The following is a schedule of the Companys future
minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third | |
|
Related | |
|
|
|
|
Party | |
|
Party | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
25,732 |
|
|
$ |
2,585 |
|
|
$ |
28,317 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
16,903 |
|
|
|
2,550 |
|
|
|
19,453 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
9,897 |
|
|
|
2,562 |
|
|
|
12,459 |
|
|
2009
|
|
|
6,197 |
|
|
|
2,270 |
|
|
|
8,468 |
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,314 |
|
|
|
1,981 |
|
|
|
5,295 |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,435 |
|
|
|
6,225 |
|
|
|
11,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
67,480 |
|
|
$ |
18,173 |
|
|
$ |
85,653 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense under operating leases, including
month-to-month rentals,
amounted to $36,161, $37,490 and $36,965 during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Under
certain lease agreements, the Company is responsible for other
costs such as property taxes, insurance, maintenance, and
utilities.
The Company had an agreement to pay its Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) and its Chief Operating Officer (COO) each a fee
equal to 1% of the aggregate consideration paid by the Company
in connection with any acquisition. The Company recorded fees of
$9, $74 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively, for which the Company is obligated
to pay its CEO and COO in connection with this agreement. Such
fees are expensed as incurred and are included in selling,
general and administrative expenses. This agreement terminated
upon the consummation of our initial public offering.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with its CEO,
its COO, its Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and its Chief
Technology Officer (CTO). Such agreements became effective on
February 3, 2005. Each employment agreement provides for a
three-year term which automatically renews for additional
one-year terms subject to the provisions thereof.
F-25
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
The employment agreements with the CEO and the COO each provide
for an annual base salary of $650,000. The CEO and the COO each
may also earn an annual bonus equal to $60,000 for each full
percentage point by which our pre-tax earnings per share for a
fiscal year exceed by more than 10% our pre-tax earnings per
share for the previous year. The employment agreement with the
CFO provides for an annual base salary of $250,000. The
employment agreement with the CTO provides for an annual base
salary of $400,000. The CFO and the CTO may also earn an annual
bonus of up to $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, under
performance criteria to be established annually. Each of the
employment agreements provide for standard employee benefits.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain
of its management employees which require annual gross salary
payments which range from $40 to $200 per annum. The
employment agreements range from a period of one to three years
and include a provision for annual bonuses based on specific
performance criteria. In the event that such key management
employees are terminated without cause, the Company is
contractually obligated to pay the remaining balance due on the
employment contracts.
The following is a schedule of the Companys future minimum
annual payments under such employment agreements as of
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
2,540 |
|
2007
|
|
|
2,405 |
|
2008
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2004, the Company agreed to issue shares of
restricted common stock at the prevailing market price in the
amount of $1,000 to the CTO upon the CTOs development of
certain software applications. In the event that such shares of
restricted common stock are granted, they will vest five years
after the date of grant, subject to the employees
continued employment. As of December 31, 2005, no
restricted common stocks have been issued in connection with
this agreement.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with
each director and named executive officer which provide
indemnification under certain circumstances for acts and
omissions which may not be covered by any directors and
officers liability insurance. The indemnification
agreements may require the Company, among other things, to
indemnify its officers and directors against certain liabilities
that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers
and directors (other than liabilities arising from willful
misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their expenses
incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which
they could be indemnified, and to obtain officers and
directors insurance if available on reasonable terms.
There have been no events to date which would require the
Company to indemnify its officers or directors.
The Company is a creditor and participant in the Chapter 7
Bankruptcy of Louis Frey Company, Inc., or LF Co., which is
pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District
of New York. We managed LF Co. under a contract from May through
September of 2003. LF Co. filed for Bankruptcy protection in
August 2003, and the proceeding was converted to a
Chapter 7 liquidation in October 2003. On or about
June 30, 2004, the Bankruptcy Estate Trustee filed a
complaint in the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against the
Company, which was amended on or about July 19, 2004,
alleging, among other things, breach of contract, breach of
fiduciary duties, conversion, unjust enrichment, tortious
interference with contract, unfair competition and false
commercial promotion in violation of The Lanham Act,
misappropriation of trade secrets and fraud regarding the
Companys handling of the assets of LF Co. The Trustee
claims damages of not less than $9.5 million, as well as
punitive damages and treble damages with respect to the Lanham
Act claims. Previously, on or about October 10, 2003, a
secured creditor of LF Co., Merrill Lynch Business
F-26
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Financial Services, Inc., or Merrill, had filed a complaint in
the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against the Company, which was
most recently amended on or about July 6, 2004.
Merrills claims are duplicated in the Trustees suit.
The Company, in turn, has filed answers and counterclaims
denying liability to the Trustee and seeking reimbursement of
all costs and damages sustained as a result of the
Trustees actions and in the Companys efforts to
assist LF Co. These cases are set for trial in April 2006. The
Company believes that it has meritorious defenses as well as
substantial counterclaims against Merrill Lynch and the Trustee.
The Company intends to vigorously contest the above matters.
Based on the discovery and depositions to date, the Company does
not believe that the outcome of the above matters will have a
material adverse impact on its results of operations or
financial condition.
The Company may be involved in litigation and other legal
matters from time to time in the normal course of business.
Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
|
|
8. |
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
The Company leases several of its facilities under operating
lease agreements with entities owned by certain of its executive
officers and other related parties which expire through July
2019. Rental expense on these facilities amounted to $2,209,
$2,793 and $2,738 during the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively.
The Company had a management agreement (the Management
Agreement) with Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC
(CHS) which required the Company to pay annual management
fees to CHS as compensation for certain management services
rendered to the Company. In accordance with the Management
Agreement, the management fees charged to the Company are
subject to an annual increase based on the Companys
earnings but shall not exceed $1,000 annually. The Management
Agreement terminated upon the consummation of the Companys
initial public offering. Management fees paid by the Company to
CHS amounted to $858, $835, and $217 during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
The Company sells certain products and services to Thomas
Reprographics, Inc. and Albinson Inc., each of which is owned or
controlled by Billy E. Thomas, who beneficially owns more than
5% of the common equity in the Company. These companies
purchased products and services from the Company of
approximately $95, $64 and $54 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which covers substantially
all employees of the Company who have attained age 21.
Under the Companys 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may
contribute up to 75% of their annual eligible compensation (or
in the case of highly compensated employees, up to 6% of their
annual eligible compensation), subject to contribution
limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company
makes an employer matching contribution equal to 20% of an
employees contributions, up to a total of 4% of that
employees compensation. An independent third party
administers the 401(k) Plan. The Companys total expense
under these plans amounted to $544, $595, and $593 during the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
|
|
10. |
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLAN |
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
The Company has adopted the American Reprographics Company 2005
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in connection with the
consummation of its IPO in February 2005. Under the ESPP,
purchase rights may be granted to eligible employees subject to
a calendar year maximum per eligible employee of the lesser
F-27
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
of (i) 400 shares of common stock, or (ii) a
number of shares of common stock having an aggregate fair market
value of $10,000 as determined on the date of purchase.
In January 2005, the Companys board of directors
authorized an initial offering of purchase rights under the
ESPP. The initial offering period began on February 3, 2005
and was originally scheduled to end on April 30, 2007,
unless terminated earlier by the board of directors. In December
2005, the board terminated the initial offering effective
immediately after the last scheduled purchase on
December 31, 2005. There were two purchase dates under the
initial offering: July 31, 2005 and December 31, 2005.
The purchase price of shares of common stock offered under the
ESPP pursuant to the initial offering was equal to the lesser of
85% of the fair market value of such shares of common stock
(i) on the first day of the offering, or (ii) on the
purchase date.
In December 2005, the board of directors authorized quarterly
offerings of purchase rights under the ESPP, with each such
offering scheduled to commence on the first day of the calendar
quarter, and end on the last day of such calendar quarter. The
first such quarterly offering commences on January 1, 2006
and is scheduled to end on March 31, 2006. The purchase
price of shares of common stock offered under the ESPP pursuant
to such quarterly offerings is equal to 95% of the fair market
value of such shares on the purchase date.
In 2005, the Company issued 362,061 shares of its common
stock to approximately 840 eligible employees in accordance with
the ESPP at a purchase price of $11.05 per share, resulting
in $4.0 million of cash proceeds to the Company.
|
|
|
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option
Plan II |
On January 1, 2001, American Reprographics Holdings,
L.L.C., or Holdings, adopted the American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option Plan II, or Unit Plan, under
which selected employees, independent advisors, members of the
board of advisors of Holdings (or any subsidiary) or members of
the board of directors of any subsidiary may be granted options
to acquire common membership units of Holdings.
The exercise price of an option under the Unit Plan was
determined by the board of advisors, but in no event could the
exercise price be less than 85% of the fair market value, as
determined by the board of advisors, of a membership unit at the
time such option was granted, or, in the case of a person who
owned units possessing more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all units of Holdings, 110% of the fair market
value of such unit at the time such option was granted.
The following summarizes activity related to the Unit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
1,421,500 |
|
|
$ |
5.07 |
|
|
|
1,446,000 |
|
|
$ |
5.09 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
39,500 |
|
|
|
5.55 |
|
|
|
307,915 |
|
|
|
5.91 |
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(15,000 |
) |
|
|
(4.87 |
) |
|
|
(41,000 |
) |
|
|
(5.52 |
) |
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,500 |
) |
|
|
(5.25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of the period
|
|
|
1,446,000 |
|
|
$ |
5.09 |
|
|
|
1,690,415 |
|
|
$ |
5.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Of the total options outstanding under the Unit Plan, 806,250
and 1,051,500 options were exercisable at December 31, 2003
and December 31, 2004, respectively, at exercise prices
ranging from $4.75 to $5.62 per option.
During 2004, Holdings granted 307,915 options under the Unit
Plan to employees with exercise prices ranging from $5.62 to
$6.85 per unit. The fair market value of Holdings
common membership units on the date of grant was $16 per
unit. In connection with the issuances, Holdings recorded a
deferred compensation charge of $3,074 as the exercise price of
the options under the Unit Plan was less than the estimated fair
market value of Holdings membership units as of the date
of grant after giving consideration to the anticipated fair
value of the membership units during the one-year period
preceding the IPO in February 2005. The Company will amortize
the deferred compensation charge over the vesting period of the
unit options, generally five years.
In February 2005, all outstanding options under the Unit Plan
were canceled in exchange for stock options under the American
Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan, which stock options are
exercisable for shares of the Companys common stock equal
to the same number of unit options and with the equivalent
exercise price and vesting terms as those provided under the
Unit Plan. Although 22,500 options remained available for future
issuance under the Unit Plan as of December 31, 2004, the
Unit Plan was terminated in February 2005 in connection with the
IPO and options are no longer issuable under the Unit Plan.
The Company adopted the American Reprographics Company 2005
Stock Plan, or Stock Plan, in connection with the Companys
IPO in February 2005. The Stock Plan provides for the grant of
incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock purchase awards, restricted stock
awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors and
consultants of the Company. The Stock Plan authorizes the
Company to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of common stock.
This amount will automatically increase annually on the first
day of the Companys fiscal year, from 2006 through and
including 2010, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the
Companys outstanding shares on the date of the increase;
(ii) 300,000 shares; or (iii) such smaller number
of shares determined by the Companys board of directors.
At December 31, 2005, 3,254,315 shares remain
available for grant under the Stock Plan.
Options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire no later
than ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of
an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder). Options
generally vest and become fully exercisable over a period of
four or five years, except options granted to non-employee
directors may vest over a shorter time period. The exercise
price of options must be equal to at least 100% (110% in the
case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder)
of the fair market value of the Companys common stock as
of the date of grant.
In addition, the Stock Plan provides for automatic grants, as of
each annual meeting of the Companys stockholders
commencing with the first such meeting, of non-statutory stock
options to directors of the Company who are not employees of, or
consultants to, the Company or any affiliate of the Company
(non-employee directors). Each non-employee director
automatically will receive a non-statutory stock option with a
fair market value, as determined under the Black-Scholes option
pricing formula, equal to $50,000 (or 55.56%) of such
non-employee directors annual cash compensation (exclusive
of committee fees). Each non-statutory stock option will cover
the non-employee directors service since either the
previous annual meeting or the date on which he or she was first
elected or appointed. Options granted to non-employee directors
vest in 1/16 increments for each month from the date of grant.
The Companys board of directors approved a one time
discretionary grant of 9,854 options to purchase shares of
common stock to each of the Companys five non-employee
directors as part of their compensation for 2005 service since
no annual meeting of the Companys stockholders was held in
2005.
F-29
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
The following is a further breakdown of the options outstanding
as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,690,415 |
|
|
$ |
5.22 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
49,270 |
|
|
|
23.85 |
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(11,500 |
) |
|
|
(5.82 |
) |
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(305,600 |
) |
|
|
(5.03 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of the period
|
|
|
1,422,585 |
|
|
$ |
5.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2005, the Company granted 49,270 options to purchase
common stock to employees with exercise price of $23.85 per
unit. The fair market value of the Companys common stock
on the date of grant was $23.85 per unit.
Of the total options outstanding, 1,032,183 options were
exercisable at December 31, 2005, at exercise prices
ranging from $4.75 to $23.85. As of December 31, 2005, the
1,422,585 options outstanding had a weighted average remaining
contractual life of 61 months.
|
|
11. |
MEMBERS EQUITY AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED UNITS |
|
|
|
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Membership Units |
Holders of the Companys mandatorily redeemable preferred
units are entitled to receive a yield of 13.25% of its
Liquidation Value per annum for the first three years starting
in April 2000, and increasing to 15% of the Liquidation Value
per annum thereafter. The discount inherent in the yield for the
first three years was recorded as an adjustment to the carrying
amount of the mandatorily redeemable preferred units. This
discount was amortized as a dividend over the initial three
years. Of the total yield on the mandatorily redeemable
preferred units, 48% is mandatorily payable quarterly in cash to
the mandatorily redeemable preferred unit holders. The unpaid
portion of the yield accumulates annually and is added to the
Liquidation Value of the mandatorily redeemable preferred units.
Such units have an aggregate liquidation preference over common
units of $20 million plus accumulated and unpaid yield.
Mandatorily redeemable preferred units have no voting rights.
Mandatorily redeemable preferred units are redeemable without
premium or penalty, wholly or in part, at the Companys
option at any time, for the Liquidation Value, including any
unpaid yield. Redeemable preferred units are mandatorily
redeemable on the earlier to occur of (i) an initial public
offering of the Company (to the extent of 25% of the net
proceeds thereof), (ii) a sale of equity or assets of the
Company or any of its principal operating subsidiaries after
retirement in full of the Companys debt under its senior
credit facilities, or (iii) April 10, 2010. At
December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, the Company had 20,000
redeemable preferred membership units issued and outstanding. As
discussed in Note 12 Initial Public
Offering and Reorganization, the Company redeemed all of
the Preferred Units on February 9, 2005 in connection with
the consummation of its initial public offering (IPO). The
redemption price amounted to $28,263 based on the Preferred
Units Liquidation Value at the IPO date.
F-30
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
In accordance with the Companys Amended and Restated
Operating Agreement, cash distributions were made first, to all
preferred members; second, to all common members, based on their
tax liability imposed on the Companys net LLC earnings
before the reorganization. The Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement also provides for certain members who receive less
than their proportionate share of cash distributions, at their
election or the election of the Companys management, to be
granted an additional cash distribution to bring their
proportionate share of cash distributions equal to the rest of
the Companys common members. Any remaining cash available
for distribution will be distributed, at the discretion of the
Companys board of advisors, first to all preferred members
to the extent of the Liquidation Value of their preferred units;
second, to all common members, except to those common members
where such distribution would cause or increase a deficit to
their capital accounts.
|
|
12. |
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) |
Quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
110,518 |
|
|
$ |
115,615 |
|
|
$ |
110,165 |
|
|
$ |
107,566 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
45,919 |
|
|
$ |
49,424 |
|
|
$ |
44,287 |
|
|
$ |
40,447 |
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
116,466 |
|
|
$ |
125,560 |
|
|
$ |
127,487 |
|
|
$ |
124,691 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
48,325 |
|
|
$ |
53,654 |
|
|
$ |
52,522 |
|
|
$ |
50,124 |
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
35,563 |
|
|
$ |
11,383 |
|
|
$ |
10,518 |
|
|
$ |
3,012 |
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.87 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
.07 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
.07 |
|
Subsequent to December 31, 2005, the Company completed the
acquisition of 2 reprographics companies in the United States
for a total purchase price of $11 million.
F-31
Schedule II
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
Charges to | |
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
Beginning | |
|
Cost and | |
|
|
|
End of | |
|
|
of Period | |
|
Expenses | |
|
Deductions | |
|
Period | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Year ended December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
|
$ |
1,698 |
|
|
$ |
(1,056 |
) |
|
$ |
2,790 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
(243 |
) |
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,421 |
|
|
$ |
1,946 |
|
|
$ |
(1,299 |
) |
|
$ |
3,068 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,790 |
|
|
$ |
1,281 |
|
|
$ |
(1,018 |
) |
|
$ |
3,053 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,068 |
|
|
$ |
1,370 |
|
|
$ |
(1,064 |
) |
|
$ |
3,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
3,053 |
|
|
$ |
1,241 |
|
|
$ |
(1,122 |
) |
|
$ |
3,172 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,374 |
|
|
$ |
1,350 |
|
|
$ |
(1,122 |
) |
|
$ |
3,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed
February 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed
on March 31, 2005). |
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by Board January 28,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated
as of December 21, 2005 by and among American Reprographics
Company; American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., certain subsidiaries of American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C., or guarantors, and the lenders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003,
between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and General
Electric Capital Corporation and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P., as collateral agents (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.3 |
|
2004 Bonus Plan, dated March 24, 2004, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Legg (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.4 |
|
2005 Bonus Plan between American Reprographics Company and Mark
Legg.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.5 |
|
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option
Plan II, adopted effective as of January 1, 2001
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 1, 2003 to American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option Plan II
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.7 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.9 |
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Stock Option Grant
Notice Non-employee Directors (Discretionary
Non-statutory Stock Options) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on
December 16, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Non-employee
Directors Stock Option Agreement (Discretionary
Grants) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.11 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group,
L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings LA, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 934 and
940 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA, effective as of
August 2, 2005, by and between SUMO HOLDINGS LA, LLC,
Landlord and AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C. (formerly
known as FORD GRAPHICS GROUP, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005) |
|
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 17721
Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005,
by and between SUMO HOLDINGS IRVINE, LLC, Lessor and AMERICAN
REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C., Lessee (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC
(Oakland Property) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
(formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings
Sacramento, LLC (Sacramento Property) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 1322 V
Street, Sacramento, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005, by
and between SUMO HOLDINGS SACRAMENTO, LLC, Landlord and AMERICAN
REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY, L.L.C. (formerly known as FORD GRAPHICS
GROUP, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between
Leet-Melbrook, Inc. and Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC (as
successor lessor) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 18810
Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD, effective as of August 2,
2005, by and between SUMO HOLDINGS MARYLAND, LLC, Landlord and
LEET-MELBROOK, INC., Tenant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 2003, between American
Reprographics Company (dba Consolidated Reprographics) and
Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Management Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and CHS
Management IV LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Termination Agreement to Management Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and CHS Management IV LP (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A(Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar, Micro Device, Inc.,
Dietrich-Post Company, ZS Ford L.P., and ZS Ford L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.26 |
|
Investor Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 10,
2000, among American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C., Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.27 |
|
First Amendment to Investor Registration Rights Agreement, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Company, ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., CHS Associates IV,
Ms. Paige Walsh, Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., Stone Street
Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street Special Opportunities
Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.28 |
|
Warrant Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each of GS Mezzanine Partners
II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.29 |
|
First Amendment to Warrant Agreement, dated September 8,
2000, between American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each
of GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.30 |
|
Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.31 |
|
Termination Agreement of Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, among American Reprographics Holdings,
L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., GS Mezzanine
Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore,
L.P., Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street
Special Opportunities Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreements under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6,
2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.33 |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2005 Stock
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6,
2004).^ |
|
|
10 |
.34 |
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.35 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.36 |
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan,
effective November 18, 2005.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.37 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.38 |
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar,
effective November 18, 2005.*^ |
|
|
10 |
.39 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Mark W. Legg
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.40 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.41 |
|
Agreement to Grant Stock dated effective December 7, 2004,
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005).^ |
|
|
10 |
.42 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005). |
|
|
10 |
.43 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Andrew W. Code
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.44 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Thomas J. Formolo
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.45 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Legg
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.46 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Manuel Perez de la
Mesa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.47 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of January 11, 2005
between American Reprographics Company and Edward D. Horowitz
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.48 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of March 3, 2005 between
American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Mealy (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrants
Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.49 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31,
2005). |
|
|
10 |
.50 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.51 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of February 2, 2006
between American Reprographics Company and Dewitt Kerry
McCluggage.* |
|
|
21 |
.1 |
|
List of Subsidiaries.* |
|
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
31 |
.1 |
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
|
31 |
.2 |
|
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
32 |
.1 |
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.* |
|
|
|
|
^ |
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement |